Concepts and Approaches: Space and Time

C:/ITOOLS/WMS/CUP-NEW/9383424/WORKINGFOLDER/DANCY/9781107118447C38.3D

623

[623–634] 17.1.2017 4:22PM

Part VI

Concepts and Approaches: Space and Time

C:/ITOOLS/WMS/CUP-NEW/9383424/WORKINGFOLDER/DANCY/9781107118447C38.3D

625

[623–634] 17.1.2017 4:22PM

38 Linguistic Patterns of Space and Time Vocabulary Eve Sweetser and Alice Gaby 38.1 Introduction Linguists have long observed that the dominant metaphors for time, in the vast majority of languages, are spatial ones. Unfortunately, it still remains the case that we do not have deep, solid semantic analyses of any domain, or any metaphoric structure, in nearly as many languages as those for which we have reliable data on word order, or consonant inventories. Even a good grammar is not usually sufficient to give us all we need to discuss a language’s system of spatiotemporal metaphors. However, compared to other domains of meaning, spatiotemporal metaphor has been systematically examined in a wide variety of unrelated languages, including both languages using a range of different spatial metaphors and languages with very different semantic systems for expressing the source domain of space. We are helped (thanks in great part to Stephen Levinson’s group at the Max Planck Institute at Nijmegen) by the fact that the cross-linguistic typology of spatial expressions (the Source Domain for spatiotemporal metaphor) is remarkably well examined, and also by the fact that spatiotemporal metaphor has been a major subject of interest to linguists recently, as well as to workers in cognitive science, gesture studies, and other related areas. This class of metaphors are therefore of very special interest to anyone working on semantic typology and universals, as well as to cognitive linguistics and cognitive science. This chapter gives a summary and synthesis of the linguistic side of the situation: what range of patterns of spatiotemporal metaphor do we observe in languages, and how do they correlate with linguistic spatial systems? In the next chapter, a broader range of evidence will be examined, showing how laboratory and field work, and gesture studies, bear on these linguistic analyses.

C:/ITOOLS/WMS/CUP-NEW/9389119/WORKINGFOLDER/DANCY/9781107118447RFA.3D

684

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Achard, Michel. 2008. Teaching construal: cognitive pedagogical grammar. In R. Robinson and N. C. Ellis (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition, 432–55. London: Routledge. Ackerman, Farrell, James P. Blevins, and Robert Malouf. 2009. Parts and wholes: implicative patterns in inflectional paradigms. In Jim P. Blevins and Juliette Blevins (eds.), Analogy in grammar, 54–82. Oxford University Press. Ackerman, Joshua, Christopher C. Nocera, and John A. Bargh. 2010. Incidental haptic sensations influence social judgments and decisions. Science 328, 1712–15. Ahlers, Jocelyn. 1999. Proposal for the use of cognitive linguistics in Hupa language revitalization. PhD dissertation. University of California at Berkeley. Aijmer, Karin. 2005. Conversational routines in English: convention and creativity. London: Addison Wesley Longman. Aikhenvald, Alexandra Y. 2004. Evidentiality. Oxford University Press. 2008. Semi-direct speech: Manambu and beyond. Language Sciences 30, 383–422. Akatsuka, Noriko. 1999. Towards a theory of desirability in conditional reasoning. In A. Kamio and K. Takami (eds.), Function and structure: in honor of Susumu Kuno, 195–213. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Akhtar, Nameera. 1999. Acquiring basic word order: evidence for data-driven learning of syntactic structure. Journal of Child Language 26, 339–56. Alexander, Marc, and Ellen Bramwell. 2014. Mapping metaphors of wealth and want: a digital approach. Studies in the Digital Humanities 1, 1–19. Alibali, Martha W., Dana C. Heath, and Heather J. Myers. 2001. Effects of visibility between speaker and listener on gesture production: some gestures are meant to be seen. Journal of Memory and Language 44, 169–88.


685

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Alibali, Martha W., Miriam Bassok, Karen O. Solomon, Sharon E. Syc, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 1999. Illuminating mental representations through speech and gesture. Psychological Science 10(4), 327–33. Alibali, Martha W., Robert C. Spencer, Lucy Knox, and Sotaro Kita. 2011. Spontaneous gestures influence strategy choices in problem solving. Psychological Science 22(9), 1138–44. Allan, Kathryn. 2008. Metaphor and metonymy: a diachronic approach. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell. Al-Sharafi, Abdul. 2004. Textual metonymy: a semiotic approach. Basingstoke: Palgrave MacMillan. Alverson, Hoyt. 1994. Semantics and experience: universal metaphors of time in English, Mandarin, Hindi, and Sesotho. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press. Amberger, Mengistu (ed.). 2007. The language of memory in a crosslinguistic perspective. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Ambridge, Ben, and Adele E. Goldberg. 2008. The island status of clausal complements: evidence in favor of an information structure explanation. Cognitive Linguistics 19, 357–89. Ambridge, Ben, and C. F. Rowland. 2009. Predicting children’s errors with negative questions: testing a schema-combination account. Cognitive Linguistics 20(2), 225–66. Ambridge, Ben, E. Kidd, C. F. Rowland, and A. L. Theakston. 2015. The ubiquity of frequency effects in first language acquisition. Journal of Child Language 42(02), 239–73. Ambridge, Ben, Julian M. Pine, C. F. Rowland, F. Chang, and A. Bidgood. 2013. The retreat from overgeneralization in child language acquisition: word learning, morphology, and verb argument structure. WIREs Cognitive Science 4(1), 47–62. Ambridge, Ben, Julian M. Pine, Caroline F. Rowland, Daniel Freudenthal, and Franklin Chang. 2012. Avoiding dative overgeneralisation errors: semantics, statistics, or both? Language and Cognitive Processes 29(2). 218–43. Anderson, John R. 2000. Cognitive psychology and its implications. New York: W. H. Freeman. 2014. Cognitive psychology and its implications, 8th edn. New York: Worth. Anderson, Michael L. 2010. Neural reuse: a fundamental organizational principle of the brain. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 33, 245–313. Anderwald, Lieselotte, and Bernd Kortmann. 2013. Applying typological methods in dialectology. In Manfred Krug and Julia Schlu¨ter (eds.), Research methods in language variation and change, 313–33. Cambridge University Press. Andreń, Mats. 2010. Children’s gestures between 18 and 30 months. Lund: Media Tryck. Anketa. 1997. Anketa aspektologicˇeskogo seminara filologicˇeskogo fakulteta MGU. Trudy aspektologicˇeskogo seminara filologicˇeskogo fakulteta MGU, vol. 2.

685


686

686

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Anscombre, Jean-Claude, and Oswald Ducrot. 1983. L’argumentation dans la langue. Bruxelles: P. Mardaga. Antic´, Eugenia. 2012. Relative frequency effects in Russian morphology. In Stefan Th. Gries and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.), Frequency effects in language learning and processing, 83–107. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Antilla, Raimo. 2008. Analogy: the warp and whoof of cognition. In Brian D. Joseph and Richard Janda (eds.), Blackwell handbook of historical linguistics, 425–40. Oxford: Blackwell. Archangeli, Diana, 1988. Aspects of Underspecification Theory. Phonology 5(2), 183–208. Arendholz, Jenny, Wolfram Bublitz, Monika Kirner, and Iris Zimmermann. 2013. Food for thought – or, what’s (in) a recipe? A diachronic analysis of cooking instructions. In Cornelia Gerhardt, Maximiliane Frobenius, and Susanne Ley (eds.) Culinary linguistics: the chef’s special, 119–37. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Armstrong, David F. 1983. Iconicity, arbitrariness, and duality of patterning in signed and spoken language: perspectives on language evolution. Sign Language Studies 38, 51–69. Armstrong, David F., and Sherman Wilcox. 2007. The gestural origin of language. Oxford University Press. Armstrong, David F., William C. Stokoe, and Sherman E. Wilcox. 1994. Signs of the origin of syntax. Current Anthropology 35(4), 349–68. 1995. Gesture and the nature of language. Cambridge University Press. Arppe, Antti. 2008. Univariate, bivariate and multivariate methods in corpus-based lexicography – a study of synonymy. PhD dissertation. University of Helsinki. Athanasiadou, Amgeliki, and Rene´ Dirven. 1997. Conditionality, hypotheticality, counterfactuality. In A. Athanasiadou and R. Dirven (eds.), On conditionals again, 61–96. Amsterdam: Philadelphia. Atkins, Sue, Michael Rundell, and Hiroaki Sato. 2003. The contribution of FrameNet to practical lexicography. International Journal of Lexicography 16(3), 333–57. Auer, Peter and Stefan Pfa¨nder (eds.). 2011. Constructions: emerging and emergent. Berlin: de Gruyter. Austin, John L. 1961. The meaning of a word. In J. O. Urmson and Geoffrey Warnock (eds.), Philosophical papers, 55–75. Oxford University Press. 1962. How to do things with words. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Aziz-Zadeh, Lisa, Stephen M. Wilson, Giacomo Rizzolatti, and Marco Iacoboni. 2006. Congruent embodied representations for visually presented actions and linguistic phrases describing actions. Current Biology 16(18), 1818–23. Baayen, R. Harald. 1992. Quantitative aspects of morphological productivity. In G. Booij and J. V. Marle (eds.), Yearbook of Morphology 1991, 109–50. Dordrecht: Kluwer.


687

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2008. Analyzing linguistic data: a practical introduction to statistics using R. Cambridge University Press. 2009. Corpus linguistics in morphology: morphological productivity. In Anke Lu¨deling and Mirya Kyto¨ (eds.), Corpus linguistics: an international handbook, 900–17. Berlin: De Gruyter. 2010. Corpus linguistics and naı¨ve discriminative learning. Brazilian Journal of Applied Linguistics 11(2). 295–328. 2011. Corpus linguistics and naive discriminative learning. Brazilian Journal of Applied Linguistics 11, 295–328. Baayen, R. Harald, Ton Dijkstra, and Robert Schreuder. 1997. Singulars and plurals in Dutch: evidence for a parallel dual route model. Journal of Memory and Language 36, 94–117. Baayen, R. Harald, Anna Endresen, Laura A. Janda, Anastasia Makarova, and Tore Nesset. 2013. Making choices in Russian: pros and cons of statistical methods for rival forms. Space and time in Russian temporal expressions. Special issue of Russian Linguistics 37(3), 253–91. Baayen, R. Harald, P. Milin, D. Filipovic Durdjevic, P. Hendrix, and M. Marelli. 2011. An amorphous model for morphological processing in visual comprehension based on naive discriminative learning. Psychological Review 118, 438–82. Backus, Ad, and Maria Mos. 2011. Islands of productivity in corpus data and acceptability judgments: contrasting two potentiality constructions in Dutch. In Doris Scho¨nefeld (ed.), Converging evidence: methodological and theoretical issues for linguistic research, 165–92. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Badarneh, Muhammad A. 2003. The rhetorical question as a discursive and stylistic device in the Quran. PhD Dissertation. Arizona State University. Bakeman, Roger, and Lauren B. Adamson. 1984. Coordinating attention to people and objects in mother-infant and peer-infant interaction. Child Development 55(4), 1278–89. Baker, Collin. 2012. FrameNet, current collaborations and future goals. Language Resources and Evaluation 46, 269–86. 2014. FrameNet: a knowledge base for natural language processing. Proceedings of Frame Semantics in NLP: a workshop in honor of Chuck Fillmore at the 52nd Annual Meeting of the Association of Computational Linguistics (ACL 2014), 1–5, Baltimore, Maryland. Baker, Collin, and Josef Ruppenhofer. 2002. FrameNet’s frames vs. Levin’s verb classes. In J. Larson and M. Paster (eds.), Proceedings of the 28th Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 27–38. Berkeley, CA: University of California, Berkeley Linguistics Department. Baker, Collin, Charles J. Fillmore, and Beau Cronin. 2003. The structure of the FrameNet database. International Journal of Lexicography 16, 281–96. Bakhtin, Mikhail M. 1963 [1984]. Problems of Dostoevsky’s poetics. Trans. Caryl Emerson. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

687


688

688

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

1975 [1981]. The dialogic imagination. Ed. Michael Holquist, trans. Caryl Emerson and Michael Holquist. Austin: University of Texas Press. 1979 [1986]. Speech genres and other late essays. Trans. V. W. McGee. Austin: University of Texas Press. Bal, Mieke. 2009. Narratology: introduction to the theory of narrative, 3rd edn. University of Toronto Press. Banfield, Ann. 1982. Unspeakable sentences: narration and representation in the language of fiction. Boston: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Bangerter, Adrian. 2004. Using pointing and describing to achieve joint focus of attention in dialogue. Psychological Science 15, 415–19. Bannard, Colin, and Danielle Matthews. 2008. Stored word sequences in language learning: the effect of familiarity on children’s repetition of four-word combinations. Psychological Science 19(3), 241–48. Bańre´ti, Zoltań. 2010. Recursion in aphasia. Clinical Linguistics and Phonetics 24(11), 906–14. Banville, John. 2005. The sea. London: Picador. Baraba´si, Albert-La´szlo´. 2003. Linked: how everything is connected to everything else and what it means. New York: Plume. Barcelona, Antonio (ed.). 2000. Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2003. The case for a metonymic basis of pragmatic inferencing: evidence from jokes and funny anecdotes. In Klaus-Uwe Panther and Linda Thornburg (eds.), Metonymy and pragmatic inferencing, 81–102. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2010. Metonymic inferencing and second language acquisition. AILA Review 23, 134–55. 2011. Reviewing the properties and prototype structure of metonymy. In Reka Benczes, Antonio Barcelona, and Francisco Ruiz de Mendoza (eds.), Defining metonymy in cognitive linguistics: towards a consensus view, 7–57. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Barðdal, Jo´hanna. 2008. Productivity: evidence from case and argument structure in Icelandic. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2011. Lexical vs. structural case: a false dichotomy. Morphology 21(1), 619–54. 2013. Construction-based historical-comparative reconstruction. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 438–57. Oxford University Press. Barðdal, Jo´hanna, and Thorhallur Eytho´rsson. 2012. Reconstructing syntax: construction grammar and the comparative method. In Hans C. Boas and Ivan A. Sag (eds.), Sign-based construction grammar, 261–312. Stanford: CSLI Publications. Bardovi-Harlig, Kathleen. 2000. Tense and aspect in second language acquisition: form, meaning and use. Oxford: Blackwell. Barlow, Michael, and Suzanne Kemmer (eds.). 2000. Usage-based models of language. Stanford: CSLI Publications.


689

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Barnden John. 2010. Metaphor and metonymy: making their connections more slippery. Cognitive Linguistics 21(1), 1–34 Barr, Dale J., and Boaz Keysar. 2004. Making sense of how we make sense: the paradox of egocentrism in language use. In H. Colston and A. Katz (eds.), Figurative language processing: social and cultural influences, 21–41. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. Barsalou, Lawrence W. 1999. Perceptual symbol systems. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 22, 577–660. 2008. Grounded cognition. Annual Review of Psychology 59, 617–45. 2009. Simulation, situated conceptualization and prediction. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 364, 1281–89. Barsalou, Lawrence W., and Katja Wiemer-Hastings. 2005. Situating abstract concepts. In D. Pecher and R. Zwaan (eds.), Grounding cognition: the role of perception and action in memory, language, and thought, 129–61. New York: Cambridge University Press. Barth, Danielle, and Vsevolod Kapatsinski. 2014. A multimodel inference approach to categorical variant choice: construction, priming and frequency effects on the choice between full and contracted forms of am, are and is. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 2, 1–58. Bartlett, Frederic C. 1932 [1967]. Remembering: a study in experimental and social psychology. Cambridge University Press. Bates, E., L. Benigni, I. Bretherton, L. Camioni, and V. Volterra. 1979. The emergence of symbols: cognition and communication in infancy. New York: Academic Press. Bates, E., D. Thal, D. Trauner, J. Fenson, D. Aram, J. Eisele, and R. Nass. 1997. From first words to grammar in children with focal brain injury. Developmental Neuropsychology 13, 275–343. Bates, E., J. Reilly, B. Wulfeck, N. Dronkers, M. Opei, J. Fenson, et al. 2001. Differential effects of unilateral lesions on language production in children and adults. Brain and Language 79, 223–65. Battison, Robbin. 1978. Lexical borrowing in American Sign Language. Silver Spring, MD: Linkstok Press. Baudouin de Courtenay. 1972. An attempt at a theory of phonetic alternations. In Edward Stankiewicz (ed.), A Baudouin de Courtenay anthology: the beginnings of Structural Linguistics, 144–213. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Bauer, Laurie, Rochelle Lieber, and Ingo Plag. 2013. The Oxford reference guide to English morphology. Oxford University Press. Bavelas, Janet B. 2005. The two solitudes: reconciling social psychology and social interaction. In K. L. Fitch and R. E. Sanders (eds.), Handbook of language and social interaction, 179–200. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Bavelas, Jane B., Linda Coates, and Trudy Johnson. 2002. Listener responses as a collaborative process: the role of gaze. International Communication Association 52, 566–80.

689


690

690

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Bavelas, Janet B., Nicole Chovil, Douglas A. Lawrie, and Allan Wade. 1992. Interactive gestures. Discourse Processes 15, 469–89. Bavelier, D., D. Corina, P. Jezzard, V. Clark, A. Karni, A. Lalwani, et al. 1998. Hemispheric specialization for English and ASL: left invariance-right variability. Neuroreport 9(7), 1537–42. Bavelas, Janet B., Jennifer Gerwing, Chantelle Sutton, and Danielle Prevost. 2008. Gesturing on the telephone: independent effects of dialogue and visibility. Journal of Memory and Language 58(2), 495–520. Beattie, Geoffrey, and Heather Shovelton. 2002. An experimental investigation of some properties of individual iconic gestures that mediate their communicative power. British Journal of Psychology 93(2), 179–92. Beaudoin-Ryan, Leanne, and Susan Goldin-Meadow.2014. Teaching moral reasoning through gesture. Developmental Science 17(6), 984–90. Bechtel, William, and Adele Abrahamsen. 2002. Connectionism and the mind: parallel processing, dynamics, and evolution in networks. Oxford: Blackwell. Beck, Sigrid. 1997. On the semantics of comparative conditionals. Linguistics and Philosophy 20(3), 229–71. Beckner, Clay, Richard Blythe, Joan Bybee, Morten H. Christiansen, William Croft, Nick C. Ellis, et al. 2009. Language is a complex adaptive system: position paper. Language Learning 59, 1–26. Beeke, Suzanne, Jane Maxim, and Ray Wilkinson. 2007. Using conversation analysis to assess and treat people with aphasia. Seminars in Speech and Language 28(2), 136–47. Beekhuizen, Barend, Rens Bod, and Willem Zuidema. 2013. Three design principles of language: the search for parsimony. Language and Speech 56, 265–90. Behrens, Heike. 2006. The input-output relationship in first language acquisition. Language and Cognitive Processes 21, 2–24. Beilock, Sian L., and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2010. Gesture changes thought by grounding it in action. Psychological Science 21(11), 1605–10. Bell, Alan, Daniel Jurafsky, Eric Fosler-Lussier, Cynthia Girand, Michelle Gregory, and Daniel Gildea. 2003. Effects of disfluencies, predictability, and utterance position on word form variation in English conversation. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 113(2), 1001–24. Bencini, Giulia M. L. 2013. Psycholinguistics. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 379–96. Oxford University Press. Bencini, Giulia M. L., and Adele E. Goldberg. 2000. The contribution of argument structure constructions to sentence meaning. Journal of Memory and Language 43, 640–51. Bencini, Giulia M. L., and Virginia Valian. 2008. Abstract sentence representations in 3-year-olds: evidence from comprehension and production. Journal of Memory and Language 59, 97–113.


691

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Benczes, Reka, Antonio Barcelona, and Fancisco Ruiz de Mendoza (eds.). 2011. Defining metonymy in cognitive linguistics: towards a consensus view. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Bender, A., S. Beller, and G. Bennardo. 2010. Temporal frames of reference: conceptual analysis and empirical evidence from German, English, Mandarin Chinese, and Tongan. Journal of Cognition and Culture 10, 283–307. Bennett, Jonathan. 2003. A philosophical guide to conditionals. Oxford University Press. Berber-Sardinha, Tony. 2010. A program for finding metaphor candidates in corpora. The Especialist (PUCSP) 31, 49–68. Bereńdi, Marta, Szilvia Csa´bi, and Zoltań Ko¨vecses. 2008. Using conceptual metaphors and metonymies in vocabulary teaching. In Frank Boers and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.), Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology, 65–100. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Berez, Andrea L., and Stefan Th. Gries. 2010. Correlates to middle marking in Dena’ina iterative verbs. International Journal of American Linguistics 76(1), 145–65. Bergen, Benjamin K. 2003. Towards morphology and agreement in Embodied Construction Grammar. www.cogsci.ucsd.edu/~bkbergen/ papers/ECGmorph.pdf. 2004. The psychological reality of phonaesthemes. Language 80(2), 290–311. 2007. Experimental methods for simulation semantics. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 277–301. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2012. Louder than words: the new science of how the mind makes meaning. New York: Basic Books. Bergen, Benjamin, and Nancy C. Chang. 2005. Embodied construction gram¨ stman mar in simulation-based language understanding. In Jan-Ola O and Mirjam Fried (eds.), Construction grammars: cognitive and cross-language dimensions, 147–90. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Embodied construction grammar. In T. Hoffman and G. Trousdale (eds.), Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 168–90. New York: Oxford University Press. Bergen, Benjamin, and T. T. Chan Lau. 2012. Writing direction affects how people map space onto time. Frontiers in Psychology 3, 109. Bergen, Benjamin, and Jerome Feldman. 2008. Embodied concept learning. In Paco Calvo and Toni Gomila (eds.), Handbook of cognitive science: an embodied approach, 313–31. San Diego: Elsevier. Bergen, Benjamin, and Madelaine Plauche´. 2001. Voila` voila`: extensions of deictic constructions in French. In Alan Cienki, Barbara Luka, and Michael Smith (eds.), Conceptual and discourse factors in linguistic structure, 238–49. Stanford: CSLI Publications.

691


692

692

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Bergmann, Kirsten, and Stefan Kopp. 2012. Gestural alignment in natural dialogue. In R. P. Cooper, D. Peebles, and N. Miyake (eds.). Proceedings of the 34th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (CogSci 2012), 1326–31. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. Bergmann, Till, and Teenie Matlock. In prep. Fictive motion in in the wild: discourse data from the TV News Archive in in the wild. Bergs, Alexander. 2008. Shall and shan’t in Contemporary English. In Graeme Trousdale and Nick Gisbourne (eds.), Constructional explanations in English grammar, 113–44. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010. Expressions of futurity in contemporary English: a Construction Grammar perspective. English Language and Linguistics 14(2), 217–38. 2012a. Construction Grammar. In Alexander Bergs and Laurel Brinton (eds.), English historical linguistics, 1631–46. Vol 2. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton. 2012b. The uniformitarian principle and the risk of anachronisms in language and social history. In Juan Manuel Hernańdez-Campoy, and Juan Camilo Conde-Silvestre (eds.), The Blackwell handbook of historical sociolinguistics, 80–98. Oxford: Blackwell. Bergs, Alexander, and Gabriele Diewald (eds.). 2008. Constructions and language change. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2009. Contexts and constructions. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Bergs, Alexander, and Meike Pentrel. 2015. Ælc þara þe þas min word gehierþ and þa wyrcþ. . .: Psycholinguistic perspectives on early English. In Michael Adams, Robert D. Fulk, and Laurel J. Brinton (eds.), Studies in the history of the Englishl VI: Evidence and method in histories of English, 249–78. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Berko, Jean. 1958. The child’s learning of English morphology. WordJournal of the International Linguistic Association 14(2–3), 150–77. Berlin, Brent, and Paul Kay. 1969. Basic color terms. Berkeley: University of California Press. Berman, Ruth, and Dan Slobin. 1994. Relating events in narrative: a crosslinguistic developmental study. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Bernolet, Sarah, and Timothy Colleman. In prep. Sense-based and lexemebased alternation biases in the Dutch dative alternation. In Jiyoung Yoon and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to Construction Grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Bertoldi, Anderson, and Rove Luize de Oliveira Chishman. 2011. Developing a frame-based lexicon for the Brazilian legal language: the case of the Criminal_Process frame. AICOL, 256–70. Beukeboom, Camiel J., Catrin Finkenauer, and, Danie¨l H. J. Wigboldus. 2010. The negation bias: when negations signal stereotypic expectancies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 99(6), 978–92. Bex, Tony, Michael Burke, and Peter Stockwell. 2000. Contextualized stylistics: in honour of Peter Verdonk. Amsterdam: Rodopi.


693

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Biber, Douglas. 1994. An analytical framework for register studies. In Douglas Biber and E. Finegan (eds.), Sociolinguistic perspectives on register, 31–56. Oxford University Press. Biber, Douglas, and Edward Finegan. 1994. Introduction: situating register in sociolinguistics. In Douglas Biber and E. Finegan (eds.), Sociolinguistic perspectives on register, 3–12. Oxford University Press. Bienfait, Frits, and Walter E. A. van Beek. 2001. Right and left as political categories: an exercise in ‘not-so-primitive’ classification. Anthropos 96, 169–78. Biernacka, Eva. 2013. The role of metonymy in political discourse. PhD dissertation. Open University, Milton Keynes. Binder, Jeffrey R., and Rutvik H. Desai. 2011. The neurobiology of semantic memory. Trends in cognitive sciences 15(11), 527–36. Binder, Jeffery R., Rutvik H. Desai, William W. Graves, and Lisa L. Conant. 2009. Where is the semantic system? A critical review and meta-analysis of 120 functional neuroimaging studies. Cerebral Cortex 19(12), 2767–96. Bitzer, Lloyd. 1969. The rhetorical situation. Philosophy and Rhetoric 1(1), 1–14. Blank, I., Z. Balewski, K. Mahowald, and E. Fedorenko. 2016. Syntactic processing is distributed across the language system. NeuroImage 127, 307–23. Blevins, James P. 2006. Word-based morphology. Journal of Linguistics 42, 531–73. Bleys, Joris, Kevin Stadler, and Joachim De Beule. 2011. Search in linguistic processing. In Luc Steels (ed.), Design patterns in fluid construction grammar, 149–80. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Blomberg, Johan. 2015. The expression of non-actual motion in Swedish, French and Thai. Cognitive Linguistics 26(4), 657–96. Blomberg, Johan and Jordan Zlatev. 2015. Non-actual motion: phenomenological analysis and linguistic evidence. Cognitive Processing 16, 153–57. 2014. Actual and non-actual motion: why experientialist semantics needs phenomenology (and vice versa). Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 13(3), 395–418. Blommaert, Jan. 2014. From mobility to complexity in sociolinguistic theory and method. Tilburg Papers in Culture Studies 103, 1–24. Blommaert, Jan, and Ben Rampton. 2011. Language and superdiversity. Diversities 13, 1–21. Bloom, Paul. 2000. How children learn the meanings of words. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Bloomfield, Leonard. 1933. Language. New York: Holt. Blumberg, Mark S. 2006. Basic instinct: the genesis of behavior. New York: Basic Books. Blumstein Sheila, and Dima Amso. 2013. Dynamic functional organization of language: insights from functional neuroimaging. Perspectives on Psychological Science 8(1), 44–48.

693


694

694

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Boas, Hans C. 2001. Frame Semantics as a framework for describing polysemy and syntactic structures of English and German motion verbs in contrastive computational lexicography. In P. Rayson, A. Wilson, T. McEnery, A. Hardie, and S. Khoja (eds.), Proceedings of Corpus Linguistics 2001 Conference, 64–73. Lancaster University UCREL. 2002. Bilingual FrameNet dictionaries for machine translation. In M. Gonza´lez Rodrı´guez and C. Paz Sua´rez Araujo (eds.), Proceedings of the Third International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation, Vol. IV, 1364–71, Las Palmas, Spain. 2003a. A constructional approach to resultatives. Stanford: CSLI. 2003b. A lexical-constructional account of the locative alternation. In L. Carmichael, C.-H. Huang, and V. Samiian (eds.), Proceedings of the 2001 Western Conference in Linguistics. Vol. 13, 27–42. 2005a. Determining the productivity of resultative constructions: a reply to Goldberg and Jackendoff. Language 81(2), 448–64. 2005b. From theory to practice: Frame Semantics and the design of FrameNet. In S. Langer and D. Schnorbusch (eds.), Semantik im Lexikon, 129–60. Tu¨bingen: Narr. 2005c. Semantic frames as interlingual representations for multilingual lexical databases. International Journal of Lexicography 18(4), 445–78. 2006. A frame-semantic approach to identifying syntactically relevant elements of meaning. In Petra Steiner, Hans C. Boas, and Stefan Schierholz (eds.), Contrastive studies and valency: studies in honor of Hans Ulrich Boas, 119–49. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. 2008a. Resolving Form-meaning Discrepancies in Construction Grammar. In J. Leino (ed.), Constructional Reorganization, 11–36. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins. 2008b. Determining the structure of lexical entries and grammatical constructions in Construction Grammar. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 6, 113–44. 2008c. Towards a frame-constructional approach to verb classification. In E. Sosa Acevedo and F. J. Corte´s Rodrı´guez (eds.), Grammar, Constructions, and Interfaces. Special issue of Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses 57, 17–48. (ed.). 2009. Multilingual FrameNets in computational lexicography. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010a. Linguistically relevant meaning elements of English communication verbs. Belgian Journal of Linguistics 24, 54–82. 2010b. Comparing constructions across languages. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Contrastive Studies in Construction Grammar, 1–20. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: Benjamins. (ed.). 2010c. Contrastive studies in construction grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


695

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2011a. Zum Abstraktionsgrad von Resultativkonstruktionen. In Stefan Engelberg, Anke Holler, and Kristel Proost (eds.), Sprachliches Wissen zwischen Lexikon und Grammatik, 37–69. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2011b. A frame-semantic approach to syntactic alternations with buildverbs. In P. Guerrero Medina (ed.), Morphosyntactic alternations in English, 207–34. London: Equinox. 2011c. Coercion and leaking argument structures in Construction Grammar. Linguistics 49(6), 1271–303. 2013a. Cognitive Construction Grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 233–52. Oxford University Press. 2013b. Wie viel Wissen steckt in Wo¨rterbu¨chern? Eine frame-semantische Perspektive. Zeitschrift fu¨r Angewandte Linguistik 57, 75–97. 2013c. Frame Semantics and translation. In A. Rojo and I. IbarretxteAntunano (eds.), Cognitive Linguistics and Translation, 125–58. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2014. Zur Architektur einer konstruktionsbasierten Grammatik des Deutschen. In A. Ziem and A. Lasch (eds.), Grammatik als Inventar von Konstruktionen? Sprachliches Wissen im Fokus der Konstruktionsgrammatik. Berlin: de Gruyter. In press. Frames and constructions for the study of oral poetics. In C. Pagań Cańovas and M. Antovic´ (eds.), Oral Poetics and Cognitive Science, 99–124. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Boas, Hans C., and Ryan Dux. 2013. Semantic frames for foreign language education: towards a German frame-based dictionary. Veridas On-line. Special Issue on Frame Semantics and its Technological Applications 82–100. Boas, Hans C., and Ivan A. Sag (eds.). 2012. Sign-based construction grammar. Stanford: CSLI. Boas, Hans C., Ryan Dux, and Alexander Ziem. In press. Frames and constructions in an online learner’s dictionary of German. In S. De Knop and G. Gilquin (eds.), Applied Construction Grammar. Berlin: de Gruyter. Bock, Kathryn. 1986a. Meaning, sound and syntax: lexical priming in sentence production. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition 12, 575–86. 1986b. Syntactic persistence in language production. Cognitive Psychology 18, 355–87. Bock, Kathryn, and Zenzi Griffin. 2000. The persistence of structural priming: transient activation or implicit learning? Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 129, 177–92. Bod, Rens. 2000. The storage vs. computation of three-word sentences. Paper presented at AMLaP-2000. Bod, Rens, Jennifer Hay, and Stefanie Jannedy. 2003. Probabilistic linguistics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Boers, Frank. 2000a. Metaphor awareness and vocabulary retention. Applied Linguistics, 21, 553–71.

695


696

696

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2000b. Enhancing metaphoric awareness in specialized reading. English for Specific Purposes 19, 137–47. 2011. Cognitive semantic ways of teaching figurative phrases: an assessment. Review of Cognitive Linguistics 9, 227–61. 2013. Cognitive Linguistic approaches to second language vocabulary: assessment and integration. Language Teaching: Surveys and Studies 46(2), 208–24. Boers, Frank, and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.). 2008a. Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Boers, Frank, and Seth Lindstromberg. 2008b. From empirical findings to pedagogical practice. In Frank Boers and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.), Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology, 375–94. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Boers, Frank, Seth Lindstromberg, Jeannette Littlemore, He´le`ne Stengers, and June Eyckmans. 2008. Variables in the mnemonic effectiveness of pictorial elucidation. In Frank Boers and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.), Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology, 65–100. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Bohnemeyer, Ju¨rgen. 2010. The language-specificity of conceptual structure: path, fictive motion, and time relations. In Barbara Malt and Philip Wolff (eds.), Words and the mind: how words capture human experience, 111–37. Oxford University Press. Bolinger, Dwight. 1949. The sign is not arbitrary. Boletıń del Instituto Caro y Cuervo (= Thesaurus) 5, 52–62. 1985. The inherent iconism of intonation. In John Haiman (ed.), Iconicity in syntax, 97–108. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Boogaart, Ronny. 2009. Semantics and pragmatics in construction grammar: the case of modal verbs. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.), Contexts and constructions, 213–41. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Boogaart, Ronny, and Egbert Fortuin. 2016. Modality and mood in cognitive linguistics and construction grammar(s). In Johan Van der Auwera and Jan Nuyts (eds.), The Oxford handbook of modality and mood, 514–34. Oxford University Press. Boogaart, Ronny, Timothy Colleman, and Gijsbert Rutten. 2014. Constructions all the way everywhere: four new directions in constructionist research. In Ronny Boogaart, Timothy Colleman, and Gijsbert Rutten (eds.), Extending the scope of Construction Grammar, 1–14. Berlin, Boston: De Gruyter. Booij, Geert. 2002. The morphology of Dutch. Oxford University Press. 2009. Lexical integrity as a morphological universal, a constructionist view. In Sergio Scalise, Elizabeta Magni, and Antonietta Bisetto (eds.), Universals of language today, 83–100. Dordrecht: Springer Science and Business Media. 2010. Construction morphology. Oxford University Press.


697

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2013. Morphology in construction grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 255–73. Oxford University Press. 2014. Language use and the architecture of grammar. Suvremena lingvistika (Contemporary linguistics) 40, 192–212. 2015. The nominalization of Dutch particle verbs: schema unification and second order schemas. Nederlandse Taalkunde 20, 285–314 2016. Inheritance and motivation in construction morphology. In Nik Gisborne and Andrew Hippisley (eds.), Default inheritance, n. pag. Oxford University Press. Broˆne, Geert. 2008. Hyper- and misunderstanding in interactional humour. Journal of Pragmatics 40(12), 2027–61. 2010. Bedeutungskonstitution in verbalem Humor: ein kognitiv-linguistischer und diskurssemantischer Ansatz. Frankfurt am Main: Lang. 2012. Humour and irony in cognitive pragmatics. In Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid (ed.), Handbook of cognitive pragmatics, vol. 4: cognitive pragmatics, 463–504. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Booij, Geert, and Jenny Audring. 2016. Construction morphology and the parallel architecture of grammar. Cognitive Science. doi:10.1111/ cogs.12323. In prep. Category change in construction morphology. In Kristel Van Goethem, Muriel Norde, Evie Cousse´, and Gudrun Vanderbauwhede (eds.), Category change from a constructional perspective. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Booij, Geert, and Matthias Hu¨ning. 2014. Affixoids and constructional idioms. In Ronny Boogaart, Timothy Colleman, and Gijsbert Rutten (eds.), Extending the scope of construction grammar, 77–105. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Booij, Geert, and Francesca Masini. 2015. The role of second order schemas in word formation. In Laurie Bauer, Livia Ko˝rtve´lyessy, and Pavol Sˇtekauer (eds.), Semantics of complex words, 47–66. Cham: Springer. Borin, Lars, Dana Danne´lls, Markus Forsberg, Maria Toporowska Gronostaj, and Dimitrios Kokkinakis. 2009. Thinking green: toward Swedish FrameNet+. In FrameNet Masterclass and Workshop, n. pag. Milan: Universita` Cattolica del Sacro Cuore. 2010. The past meets the present in the Swedish FrameNet++. https://svn .spraakdata.gu.se/sb/fnplusplus/pub/SweFN_Euralex_extended.pdf. Borkent, Mike. 2010. Illusions of simplicity: a cognitive approach to visual poetry. English Text Construction 3(2), 145–64. Borkent, Mike, Barbara Dancygier, and Jennifer Hinnell (eds.). 2013. Language and the creative mind. University of Chicago Press. Boroditsky, Lera. 2000. Metaphoric structuring: understanding time through spatial metaphors. Cognition 75(1), 1–28. 2001. Does language shape thought? Mandarin and English speakers’ conceptions of time. Cognitive Psychology 43(1), 1–22.

697


698

698

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Boroditsky, Lera, and Alice Gaby. 2010. Remembrance of times East: absolute spatial representations of time in an Australian Aboriginal Community. Psychological Science 21(11), 1635–39. Boroditsky, Lera, and Michael Ramscar. 2002. The roles of body and mind in abstract thought. Psychological Science 13, 185–88. Boroditsky, Lera, Orly Fuhrman, and Kelly McCormick. 2011. Do English and Mandarin speakers think about time differently? Cognition 118(2), 123–29. Boroditsky, Lera, Alice Gaby, and Stephen C. Levinson. 2007. Time in space. In A. Majid (ed.), Field manual volume 10, 59–80. Nijmegen: Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics. Borsley, Robert D. 2004. An approach to English comparative correlatives. In Stephan Mu¨ller (ed.), Proceedings of the 11th international conference on head-driven phrase structure grammar, 70–92. Stanford: CSLI. 2006. Syntactic and lexical approaches to unbounded dependencies. Essex Research Reports in Linguistics 49, 31–57. 2007. Hang on again! Are we ‘on the right track’? Martin Atkinson the minimalist muse. Essex Research Reports in Linguistics 53, 43–70. Bottini, Roberto. 2011. An interdisciplinary study of time in language and mind. PhD dissertation. Universita` degli Studi di Bergamo, Italy. Bottini, Roberto, and Daniel Casasanto. 2010. Implicit spatial length modulates time estimates, but not vice versa. In Stellan Ohlsson and Richard Catrambone (eds.), Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 1348–53. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. 2013. Space and time in the child’s mind: metaphoric or ATOMic? Frontiers in Psychology 4, 1–9. Bourdieu, Pierre. 1990. The logic of practice. Stanford University Press. Bouveret, Myriam. 2012. GIVE frames and constructions in French. In M. Bouveret and D. Legallois (eds.), Constructions in French, 99–126. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Bowdle, Brian F., and Deirdre Gentner. 2005. The career of metaphor. Psychological Review 112(1), 193–216. Bowerman, Melissa. 1982. Reorganizational processes in lexical and syntactic development. In E. Wanner and L. R. Gleitman (eds.), Language acquisition: the state of the art, 319–46. Cambridge University Press. 1988. The ‘no negative evidence’ problem: how do children avoid constructing an overgeneral grammar? In J. A. Hawkins (ed.), Explaining language universals, 73–101. Oxford: Blackwells. 1996. The origins of children’s spatial semantic categories: cognitive versus linguistic determinants. In J. J. Gumperz and S. C. Levinson (eds.), Rethinking linguistic relativity, 145–76. Cambridge University Press. Bowerman, Melissa, and Eric Pederson. 1992. Topological relations picture series. In Stephen C. Levinson (ed.), Space stimuli kit 1.2: November 1992, 51. Nijmegen: Max Planck Institute for Psycholinguistics.


699

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Boyd, William. 2009. Ordinary thunderstorms. London: Bloomsbury. Boye, Kasper, and Peter Harder. 2012. A usage-based theory of grammatical status and grammaticalization. Language 88, 1–44. Bradlow, Ann R., Lynne Nygaard, and David Pisoni. 1999. Effects of talker, rate and amplitude variation on recognition memory. Perception and Psychophysics 61, 206–19. Braine, Martin D., and Patricia J. Brooks. 1995. Verb argument structure and the problem of avoiding an overgeneral grammar. In Michael Tomasello and William E. Merriman (eds.), Beyond names for things: young children’s acquisition of verbs, 352–76. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Brandt, Line. 2008. A semiotic approach to fictive interaction as a representational strategy in communicative meaning construction. In Todd Oakley and Anders Hougaard (eds.), Mental spaces approaches to discourse and interaction, 109–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. The communicative mind: a linguistic exploration of conceptual integration and meaning construction. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars. Brandt, Line, and Per Aage Brandt. 2005. Making sense of a blend. A cognitive semiotics approach to metaphor. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 3, 216–49. Brandt, Line, and Esther Pascual. In press. ‘Say yes hello to this ad’: the persuasive rhetoric of fictive interaction in marketing. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 303–22. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Brandt, Per Aage. 2004. Spaces, domains, and meaning: essays in cognitive semiotics. Bern: Peter Lang. Brandt, Silke, E., Evan Kidd, Elena Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2009. The discourse bases of relativization: an investigation of young German and English-speaking children’s comprehension of relative clauses. Cognitive Linguistics 20(3), 539–70. Branigan, Holly, Martin J. Pickering, and Alexandra A. Cleland. 2000. Syntactic co-ordination in dialogue. Cognition 75, 13–25. Brasoveanu, Adrian. 2008. Comparative and equative correlatives as anaphora to differentials. Poster presented at Semantics and Linguistic Theory 18, University of Massachusetts Amherst, Massachusetts, and at the 9th Semfest, Stanford, California. Braº ten, Stein. 2006. Intersubjective communication and emotion in early ontogeny. Cambridge University Press. Brdar, Mario, and Rita Brdar-Szabo´. 2009. The (non) metonymic use of place names in English, German, Hungarian and Croatian. In KlausUwe Panther, Linda Thornburg, and Antonio Barcelona (eds.), Metonymy and metaphor in grammar, 229–57. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Brdar, Mario, Stephan Gries, and Milena Zic Fuchs (eds.). 2011. Cognitive linguistics: convergence and expansion. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

699


700

700

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Brdar-Szabo´, Rita, and Mario Brdar. 2011. What do metonymic chains reveal about the nature of metonymy? In Reka Benczes, Antonio Barcelona, and Fancisco Ruiz de Mendoza (eds.), Defining metonymy in cognitive linguistics: towards a consensus view, 217–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Brems, Lieselotte, and Sebastian Hoffmann. 2012. Grammaticalization. In Alexander Bergs and Laurel Brinton (eds.), English historical linguistics: vol. 2, 1558–76. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton. Brennan, Susan E., and Herbert H. Clark. 1996. Conceptual pacts and lexical choice in conversation. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 22, 1482–93. Brentari, Diane. 1998. A prosodic model of sign language phonology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Bressler, Steven L. and Vinod Menon. 2010 Large-scale brain networks in cognition: emerging methods and principles. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 14(6), 277–90. Brezina, Vaclav, Tony McEnery, and Stephen Wattam. 2015. Collocations in context: a new perspective on collocation networks. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 20(2), 139–73. Brindo¨pke, Christel, J. Ha¨ger, Michaela Johanntokrax, Arno Pahde, Michael Schwalbe, and Britta Wrede. 1995. Darf ich Dich Marvin nennen? Instruktionsdialoge in einem Wizard-of-Oz Szenario: Szenario-design und auswertung. Universita¨t Bielefeld: SFB-Report ‘Situierte ku¨nstliche Kommunikatoren’ 95/16. Brinton, Laurel. 2012. Lexicalization. In Alexander Bergs and Laurel Brinton (eds.), English historical linguistics: vol. 2, 1577–98. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton. Brinton, Laurel, and Elizabeth Closs Traugott. 2005. Lexicalization and language change. Cambridge University Press. Brisard, Frank. 2006. Logic, subjectivity and the semantics/pragmatics distinction. In Angeliki Anthanasiadou, Costas Canakis, and Bert Cornillie (eds.). Subjectification: various paths to subjectivity, 41–74. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton. Broaders, Sarah C., Susan Wagner Cook, Zachary Mitchell, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2007. Making children gesture brings out implicit knowledge and leads to learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 136(4), 539–50. Broccias, Cristiano. 2013. Cognitive grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 191–210. Oxford University Press. Broˆne, Geert, and Seana Coulson. 2010. Processing deliberate ambiguity in newspaper headlines: double grounding. Discourse Processes 47(3), 212–36. Broˆne, Geert, and Kurt Feyaerts. 2005. Headlines and cartoons in the economic press: double grounding as a discourse supportive strategy.


701

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

In Guido Erreygers and Geert Jacobs (eds.), Language, communication and the economy, 73–99. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Broˆne, Geert, and Bert Oben. 2013. Resonating humour: a corpus-based approach to creative parallelism in discourse. In Kurt Feyaerts, Tony Veale, and Charles Forceville (eds.), Creativity and the agile mind: a multi-disciplinary study of a multi-faceted phenomenon, 181–204. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2015. InSight Interaction: a multimodal and multifocal dialogue corpus. Language Resources and Evaluation 49, 195–214. Broˆne, Geert, and Jeroen Vandaele (eds.). 2009. Cognitive poetics: goals, gains, and gaps. New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Broˆne, Geert, and Elisabeth Zima. 2014. Towards a dialogic construction grammar: a corpus-based approach to ad hoc routines and resonance activation. Cognitive Linguistics 25(3), 457–95. Broˆne, Geert, Kurt Feyaerts, and Tony Veale (eds.). 2015. Cognitive linguistic humor research: current trends and new developments. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. ˆ Brone, Geert, Bert Oben, and Kurt Feyaerts. In prep. Eye gaze and viewpoint in multimodal interaction management. Special issue on Viewpoint phenomena in multimodal communication. Barbara Dancygier and Lieven Vandelanotte (eds.) Cognitive Linguistics. Brooks, Patricia, and Michael Tomasello. 1999a. Young children learn to produce passives with nonce verbs. Developmental Psychology 35, 29–44. 1999b. How children constrain their argument structure constructions. Language 75, 720–38. Brooks, Patricia, Michael Tomasello, Kelly Dodson, and Lawrence B. Lewis. 1999. Young children’s overgeneralizations with fixed transitivity verbs. Child Development 70, 1325–37. Brown, Amanda, and Jidong Chen. 2013. Construal of manner in speech and gesture in Mandarin, English, and Japanese. Cognitive Linguistics 24(4), 605–31. Brown, Penelope 2012. Time and space in Tzeltal: Is the future uphill? Frontiers in Psychology 3, 212. Brown, Penelope, and Stephen C. Levinson. 1987. Politeness: some universals in language usage. Cambridge University Press. Brugman, Claudia. 1983. The use of body-part terms as locatives in Chalcatongo Mixtec. Survey of California and Other Indian Languages 4, 235–90. Bruner, Jerome S. 1983. Child’s talk: learning to use language. New York: W. W. Norton. 1990. Acts of meaning. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Brunye´, Tad T., Aaron Gardony, Caroline R. Mahoney, and Holly A. Taylor. 2012. Body-specific representations of spatial location. Cognition 23(2), 229–39.

701


702

702

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Brunye´, Tad T., Tali Ditman, Caroline R. Mahoney, Jason S. Augustyn, and Holly A. Taylor. 2009. When you and I share perspectives: pronouns modulate perspective taking during narrative comprehension. Psychological Science 20(1), 27–32. Bu¨chel, Christian, Cathy Price, R. S. Frackowiak, and Karl Friston. 1998. Different activation patterns in the visual cortex of late and congenitally blind subjects. Brain 121, 409–19. Bucholtz, Mary. 2010. White kids: language and white youth identities. Cambridge University Press. Bucholtz, Mary, and Kira Hall. 2005. Identity and interaction: a sociocultural linguistic approach. Discourse Studies 7, 585–614. Budwig, Nancy, Bhuvana Narasimhan, and Smita Srivastava. 2006. Interim solutions: the acquisition of early verb constructions in Hindi. In Eve V. Clark and Barbara F. Kelly (eds.), Constructions in acquisition, 163–83. Stanford: CSLI. Buescher, Kimberly, and Susan Strauss. In prep. Conceptual frameworks and L2 pedagogy: the case of French prepositions. In Andrea Tyler, Lourdes Ortega, Mariko Uno, and Hae In Park (eds.), Usage-inspired L2 instruction: researched pedagogy. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Burchardt, Aljoscha, Katrin Erk, Anette Frank, Andrea Kowalski, Sebastian Pado´, and Manfred Pinkal. 2009. Using FrameNet for the semantic analysis of German: annotation, representation, and automation. In Hans C. Boas (ed.), Multilingual FrameNets: methods and applications, 209–44. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Burling, Robbins, 1966. The metrics of children’s verse: a cross-linguistic study, American Anthropologist 68(6), 1418–41. Burton, H, A. Z. Snyder, T. E. Conturo, E. Akbudak, J. M. Ollinger, and M. E. Raichle. 2002a. Adaptive changes in early and late blind: a fMRI study of Braille reading. Journal of Neurophysiology 87, 589–611. Burton, H., A. Z. Snyder, J. B. Diamond, and M. E. Raichle. 2002b. Adaptive changes in early and late blind: a FMRI study of verb generation to heard nouns. Journal of Neurophysiology 88(6), 3359–71. Busse, Dietrich. 2012. Frame-Semantik: Ein Kompendium. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Butler, Christopher. 1985. Statistics in linguistics. Oxford: Blackwell. Butterworth, George, and Lesley Grover. 1990. Joint visual attention, manual pointing, and preverbal communication in human infancy. In M. Jeannerod (ed.), Attention and performance, vol. XIII, motor representation and control, 605–24. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bybee, Joan. 1985. Morphology. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1995. Regular morphology and the lexicon. Language and Cognitive Processes 10(5), 425–55. 2000. The phonology of the lexicon: evidence from lexical diffusion. Usage-based models of language, 65–85.


703

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2001. Phonology and language use. Cambridge University Press. 2003. Mechanisms of change in grammaticization: the role of frequency. In Brian D. Joseph, and Richard D. Janda (eds.), The handbook of historical linguistics, 602–23. Oxford: Blackwell. 2006. From usage to grammar: the mind’s response to repetition. Language 82, 711–33. 2007. Frequency of use and the organization of language. Oxford University Press. 2010. Language, usage and cognition. Cambridge University Press. 2013. Usage-based theory and exemplar representations of constructions. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 49–69. Oxford University Press. Bybee, Joan, and Paul Hopper (eds.). 2001. Frequency and the emergence of linguistic structure. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Bybee, Joan, and Joanne Scheibman. 1999. The effect of usage on degrees of constituency: the reduction of don’t in English. Linguistics 37, 575–96. Bylund, Emanuel. 2011. Segmentation and temporal structuring of events in early Spanish-Swedish bilinguals. International Journal of Bilingualism 15(1), 56–84. Caballero, Rosario. 2006. Re-viewing space: figurative language in architects’ assessment of built space. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Cabeza, Roberto 2002. Hemispheric asymmetry reduction in older adults: the HAROLD model. Psychology and Aging 17(1), 85. Cabeza, Roberto, and Lars Nyberg. 2000. Imaging cognition II: an empirical review of 275 PET and fMRI studies. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 12(1), 1–47. Cadierno, Teresa. 2004. Expressing motion events in a second language: a cognitive typological approach. In Michel Achard and Suzanne Neimeier (eds.), Cognitive linguistics, second language acquisition and foreign language teaching, 13–49. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008. Learning to talk about motion in a foreign language. In Peter Robinson and Nick C. Ellis (eds.) Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition, 239–75. London: Routledge. Cadierno, Teresa, and Søren Wind Eskildsen. 2016. In Teresa Cadierno and Søren Wind Eskildsen (eds.), Usage-based perspectives on second language learning, 121–223. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Cadierno, Teresa, Iraide Ibarretxe-Antunãno, and Alberto Hijazo-Gascoń. 2016. Semantic categorization of placement verbs in L1 Danish and Spanish. Language Learning 66(1), 191–223. Cai, Zhenguang G., and Louise Connell. 2015. Space-time interdependence: evidence against asymmetric mapping between time and space. Cognition 136, 268–81. Calbris, Genevieve. 1990. The semiotics of French gesture. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

703


704

704

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Caldwell-Harris, Catherine, Jonathan Berant, and Shimon Edelman. 2012. Measuring mental entrenchment of phrases with perceptual identification, familiarity ratings, and corpus frequency statistics. In Dagmar S. Divjak and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Frequency effects in language representation, 165–94. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Cameron, Lynne. 2011. Metaphor and reconciliation: the discourse dynamics of empathy in post–conflict conversations. London: Routledge. Cameron, Lynne, and Alice Deignan. 2003. Combining large and small corpora to investigate tuning devices around metaphor in spoken discourse. Metaphor and Symbol 18(3), 149–60. 2006. The emergence of metaphor in discourse. Applied Linguistics 27(4), 671–90. Cameron-Faulkner, Thea, Elena Lieven, and Anna Theakston. 2007. What part of no do children not understand? A usage-based account of multiword negation. Journal of Child Language 34(2), 251–82. Cantrall, William R. 1974. Viewpoint, reflexives, and the nature of noun phrases. The Hague: De Gruyter Mouton. Cappelle, Bert. 2011. The the. . . the. . . construction: meaning and readings. Journal of Pragmatics 43(1), 99–117. Cappelle, Bert, Yury Shtyrov, and Friedemann Pulvermu¨ller. 2010. Heating up or cooling up the brain? MEG evidence that phrasal verbs are lexical units. Brain and Language 115(3), 189–201. Carden, Guy, and Thomas G. Dieterich. 1980. Introspection, observation and experiment: an example where experiment pays off. Journal of the Philosophy of Science Association 2, 583–97. Cardin, Velia, Eleni Orfanidou, Jerker Ro¨nnberg, Cheryl M. Capek, Mary Rudner, and Bencie Woll. 2013. Dissociating cognitive and sensory neural plasticity in human superior temporal cortex. Nature Communications 4, 1473. Carlson, Richard A., Marios N. Avraamides, Melanie Cary, and Stephen Strasberg. 2007. What do the hands externalize in simple arithmetic? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 33(4), 747–56. Caron-Pargue, Josiane and Jean Caron. 1991. Psychopragmatics vs. sociopragmatics: the function of pragmatic markers in thinkingaloud protocols. In Jef Verschueren (ed.), Pragmatics at issue: selected papers of the International Pragmatics Conference, 29–36. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Carpenter, Bob. 1992. The logic of typed feature structures. Cambridge University Press. Carpenter, Malinda, Nameera Akhtar, and Michael Tomasello. 1998. Fourteen-through 18-month-old infants differentially imitate intentional and accidental actions. Infant Behavior and Development 21(2), 315–30.


705

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Carston, Robyn. 2002. Thoughts and utterances: the pragmatics of explicit communication. Oxford: Blackwell. Carter, Ronald. 2004. Language and creativity, the art of common talk. London: Routledge. Casad, Eugene. 1982. Cora locationals and structured imagery. PhD dissertation. University of California at San Diego. Casad, Eugene, and Ronald W. Langacker. 1985. ‘Inside’ and ‘outside’ in Cora grammar. IJAL 51, 247–81. Casad, Eugene, and Gary Palmer (eds.). 2003. Cognitive linguistics and non-Indo-European languages. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Casasanto, Daniel. 2008a. Similarity and proximity: when does close in space mean close in mind? Memory and Cognition 36, 1047–56. 2008b. Who’s afraid of the big bad Whorf? Crosslinguistic differences in temporal language and thought. Language Learning 58(1), 63–79. 2009. Embodiment of abstract concepts: good and bad in right- and left-handers. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 138(3), 351–67. 2010. Space for thinking. In Vyvyan Evans and Paul Chilton (eds.), Language, cognition, and space: state of the art and new directions, 453–78. London: Equinox. 2013. Experiential origins of mental metaphors: language, culture, and the body. In Mark J. Landau, Michael D. Robinson, and Brian P. Meier (eds.), The power of metaphor: examining its influence on social life, 249–68. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Books. 2014. Development of metaphorical thinking: the role of language. In Mike Borkent, Barbara Dancygier, and Jennifer Hinnel (eds.), Language and the Creative Mind, 3–18. Stanford: CSLI. 2016a. A shared mechanism of linguistic, cultural, and bodily relativity. Language Learning 66(3), 714–30. 2016b. Relationships between space, time, and number: insights from language acquisition. Paper presented at the International Meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Granada, Spain. Casasanto, Daniel, and Lera Boroditsky. 2008. Time in the mind: using space to think about time. Cognition 106(2), 579–93. Casasanto, Daniel, and Roberto Bottini. 2014. Mirror reading can reverse the flow of time. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 143(2), 473–79. Casasanto, Daniel, and Evangelia G. Chrysikou. 2011. When left is ‘right’: motor fluency shapes abstract concepts. Psychological Science 22(4), 419–22. Casasanto, Daniel, and Katinka Dijkstra. 2010. Motor action and emotional memory. Cognition 115, 179–85. Casasanto, Daniel, and T. Gijssels. 2015. What makes a metaphor an embodied metaphor? Linguistics Vanguard 1(1), 327–37.

705


706

706

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Casasanto, Daniel, and Tania Henetz. 2012. Handedness shapes children’s abstract concepts. Cognitive Science 36 359–72. Casasanto, Daniel, and Kyle Jasmin. 2010. Good and bad in the hands of politicians: Spontaneous gestures during positive and negative speech. PLoS ONE 5(7), e11805. 2012. The hands of time: temporal gestures in English speakers. Cognitive Linguistics 23(4), 643–74. Casasanto, Daniel, O. Fotakopoulou, and L. Boroditsky. 2010. Space and time in the child’s mind: evidence for a cross-dimensional asymmetry. Cognitive Science 34, 387–405. Casasanto, Daniel, Lera Boroditsky, Webb Phillips, Jesse Greene, Shima Goswami, Simon Bocanegra-Thiel, et al. 2004. How deep are effects of language on thought? Time estimation in speakers of English, Indonesian, Greek, and Spanish. In Kenneth Forbus, Dedre Gentner, and Terry Regier (eds.), Proceedings of the 26th annual meeting of the Cognitive Science Society, 186–91. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. Casenhiser, Devin, and Adele E. Goldberg. 2005. Fast mapping between a phrasal form and meaning. Developmental Science 8(6), 500–08. Cassell, Justine, David McNeill, and Karl-Erik McCullough. 1998. Speechgesture mismatches: evidence for one underlying representation of linguistic and nonlinguistic information. Pragmatics and Cognition 7(1), 1–33. Chaemsaithong, Krisda. 2013. Interaction in Early Modern news discourse: the case of English witchcraft pamphlets and their prefaces (1566–1621). Text and Talk 33(2), 167–88. 2014. Dramatic monologues: the grammaticalization of speaking roles in courtroom opening statements. Pragmatics 24(4), 757–84. 2015. Communicating with silent addressees: engagement features in the opening statement. Language and Communication 43, 35–46. 2016. Persuading and arguing with the reader: fictive interaction strategies in witchcraft pamphlet prefaces (1566–1621). In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 113–30. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Chafe, Wallace. 1962. Phonetics, semantics, and language. Language 38, 335–44. 1965. Meaning in language. American Anthropologist 67 (5), 23–36. 1967. Language as symbolization. Language 43, 57–91. 1970a. Meaning and the structure of language. University of Chicago Press. 1970b. A semantically based sketch of Onondaga. IJAL Memoir 25, supplement to vol. 36(2). 1987. Cognitive constraints on information flow. In Russell S. Tomlin (ed.), Coherence and grounding in discourse, 21–51. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 1994. Discourse, consciousness, and time: the flow and displacement of conscious experience in speaking and writing. University of Chicago Press.


707

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2002. Searching for meaning in language: a memoir. Historiographia Linguistica 29, 245–61. Chakravarty, Auditi, and Bonnie Boehme. 2004. Grammar and usage for better writing. New York: Amsco School Publications. Chambers, Jack. 2001. Vernacular universals. In Josep M. Fontana, Louise McNally, M. Teresa Turell, and Enric Vallduvı´ (eds.), ICLaVE 1: Proceedings of the First International Conference on Language Variation in Europe, 52–60. Barcelona: Universitat Pompeu Fabra. Chan, Angel, Elena Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2009. Children’s understanding of the agent-patient relations in the transitive construction: cross-linguistic comparison between Cantonese, German and English. Cognitive Linguistics 20(2), 267–300. Chang, Franklin. 2002. Symbolically speaking: a connectionist model of sentence production. Cognitive Science 26, 609–51. Chang, Franklin, J. Kathryn Bock, and Adele E. Goldberg. 2003. Can thematic roles leave traces of their places? Cognition 90, 29–49. Chang, Franklin, Gary S. Dell, J. Kathryn Bock, and Zenzi M. Griffin. 2000. Structural priming as implicit learning: a comparison of models of sentence production. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 29, 217–29. Chang, Nancy. 2008. Constructing grammar: a computational model of the emergence of early constructions. PhD dissertation. University of California, Berkeley. Chan, Ting Ting and Benjamin Bergen. 2005. Writing direction influences spatial cognition. In Proceedings of the Twenty-Seventh Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, University of California, San Diego. Charteris-Black, Jonathan. 2001. Blood sweat and tears: a corpus based cognitive analysis of ‘blood’ in English phraseology. Studi Italiani di Linguistica Teorica e Applicata 30(2), 273–87. 2003. Speaking with forked tongue: a comparative study of metaphor and metonymy in English and Malay phraseology. Metaphor and Symbol, 14(4), 289–310. 2004. Corpus approaches to critical metaphor analysis. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 2005. Politicians and rhetoric: the persuasive power of metaphor. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 2012. Shattering the bell jar: metaphor, gender and depression. Metaphor and Symbol 27(3), 199–216. Chen, Jenn-Yeu. 2007. Do Chinese and English speakers think about time differently? Failure of replicating Boroditsky 2001. Cognition 104, 427–36. Chenu, Florence, and Harriet Jisa. 2006. Caused motion constructions and semantic generality in early acquisition of French. In Eve V. Clark and Barbara F. Kelly (eds.), Constructions in acquisition, 233–61. Stanford: CSLI.

707


708

708

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Childers, Jane B., and Michael Tomasello. 2001. Two-year-olds learn novel nouns, verbs, and conventional actions from massed or distributed exposures. Developmental Psychology 37(6), 739–48. Chilton, Paul. 2013. Frames of reference and the linguistic conceptualization of time: present and future. In K. M. Jaszczolt and L. de Saussure (eds.), Time: language, cognition, and reality, 236–58. Oxford University Press. Chomsky, Noam. 1957. Syntactic structures. The Hague: Mouton and Co. 1959. A review of B. F. Skinner’s Verbal behavior. Language 35(1), 26–58. 1965. Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1981. Lectures on government and binding. Dordrecht: Foris. 1986. Knowledge of language: its nature, origin, and use. New York: Praeger. 1995. The minimalist program. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2000a. New horizons in the study of language and mind. Cambridge University Press. 2000b. Minimalist inquiries: the framework. In Roger Martin, David Michaels and Juan Uriagereka (eds.), Step by step: essays on minimalist syntax in honor of Howard Lasnik, 89–155. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2011. Language and other cognitive systems: what is special about language? Language Learning and Development 7(4), 263–78. Chomsky, Noam, and Morris Halle. 1965. Some controversial issues in phonological theory, Journal of Linguistics 1, 97–138. 1968. The sound pattern of English. New York: Harper and Row. Christiansen, Morten H., and Nick Chater. 2015. The now-or-never bottleneck: a fundamental constraint on language. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 38, 1–52. Chu, Mingyuan, and Sotaro Kita. 2011. The nature of gestures’ beneficial role in spatial problem solving. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 140(1), 102–16. Chui, Kawai. 2011. Conceptual metaphors in gesture. Cognitive Linguistics 22(3), 437–58. Chung, Siaw-Fong. 2008. Cross-linguistic comparison of the MARKET metaphors. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 4(2), 141–75. Church, R. Breckinridge, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 1986. The mistmatch between gesture and speech as an index of transitional knowledge. Cognition 23, 43–71. Church, R. Breckinridge, Saba Ayman-Nolley, and Shahrzad Mahootian. 2004. The role of gesture in bilingual education: does gesture enhance learning? International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 7(4), 303–19. Cienki, Alan. 1998. Metaphoric gestures and some of their relations to verbal metaphorical expressions. In Jean-Pierre Koenig (ed.), Discourse and cognition: bridging the gap, 189–204. Stanford: CSLI. 2013. Image schemas and mimetic schemas in cognitive linguistics and gesture studies. Review of Cognitive Linguistics 11(2), 417–32.


709

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2015. Spoken language usage events. Language and Cognition 7(4), 499–514. Cienki, Alan, and Gianluca Giansante. 2014. Conversational framing in televised political discourse: a comparison from the 2008 elections in the United States and Italy. Journal of Language and Politics 13(2), 255–88. Cienki, Alan, and Cornelia Mu¨ller (eds.). 2008a. Metaphor and gesture. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2008b. Metaphor, gesture, and thought. In R. W. Gibbs, Jr. (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of metaphor and thought, 483–501. Cambridge University Press. Citron, Francesca, and Adele Goldberg. 2014. Social context modulates the effect of hot temperature on perceived interpersonal warmth: a study of embodied metaphors. Language and Cognition 6, 1–11. Clancy, Steven J. 2006. The topology of Slavic case: semantic maps and multidimensional scaling. Glossos 7, 1–28. Clark, Eve V. 1971. On the acquisition of the meaning of before and after. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 10(3), 266–75. 1987. The principle of contrast: a constraint on language acquisition. In Brian MacWhinney (ed.), Mechanisms of language acquisition, 1–33. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. 1997. Conceptual perspective and lexical choice in acquisition. Cognition 64(1), 1–37. 2003. First language acquisition. Cambridge University Press. 2009. First language acquisition, 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press. Clark, Eve. V., and Clark, H. H. 1979. When nouns surface as verbs. Language 55(4), 767–811. Clark, Herbert H. 1973. Space, time, semantics, and the child. In Timothy Moore (ed.), Cognitive development and the acquisition of language, 27–63. New York: Academic Press. 1996. Using language. Cambridge University Press. 1999. How do real people communicate with virtual partners? In Proceedings of AAAI-99 Fall Symposium, Psychological Models of Communication in Collaborative Systems, November 5–7, North Falmouth, MA and Menlo Park, CA: AAAI Press. Clark, Herbert H., and Richard J. Gerrig. 1990. Quotation as demonstration. Language 66(4), 784–805. Clark, Lynn. 2007. Cognitive sociolinguistics: a viable approach to variation in linguistic theory. LACUS Forum 33, 105–18. Clark, Lynn, and Graeme Trousdale. 2009. The role of token frequency in phonological change: evidence from TH-fronting in east-central Scotland. English Language and Linguistics 13, 33–56. 2013. Using participant observation and social network analysis. In Manfred Krug and Julia Schlu¨ter (eds.), Research methods in language variation and change, 36–52. Cambridge University Press.

709


710

710

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Clark, Lynn, and Kevin Watson. 2011. Testing claims of a usage-based phonology with Liverpool English t-to-r. English Language and Linguistics 15, 523–47. Clausner, Timothy, and William Croft. 1999. Domains and image schemas. Cognitive Linguistics 10, 1–31. Coegnarts, Maarten, and Peter Kravanja (eds.). 2015. Embodied cognition and cinema. Leuven University Press. Cohen, L. G., P. Celnik, A. Pascual-Leone, B. Corwell, L. Faiz, J. Dambrosia, et al. 1997. Functional relevance of cross-modal plasticity in blind humans. Nature 389(6647), 180–83. Cole, M. W., J. R. Reynolds, J. D. Power, G. Repovs, A. Anticevic, and T. S. Braver. 2013. Multi-task connectivity reveals flexible hubs for adaptive task control. Nature Neuroscience 16(9), 1348–55. Colleman, Timothy. 2009a. The semantic range of the Dutch double object construction: a collostructional perspective. Constructions and Frames 1, 190–221. 2009b. Verb disposition in argument structure alternations: a corpus study of the dative alternation in Dutch. Language Sciences 31, 593–611. Collins, Allan M., and Elizabeth F. Loftus. 1975. A spreading-activation theory of semantic processing. Psychological Review 82, 407–28. Collins, Belinda. 1998. Convergence of fundamental frequencies in conversation: if it happens, does it matter? Fifth International Conference on Spoken Language Processing, 579. Australian National University. Comrie, Bernard. 1986. Conditionals: a typology. In Elizabeth C. Traugott, Alice ter Meulen, Judy S. Reilly, and Charles A. Ferguson (eds.), On Conditionals, 77–99. Cambridge University Press. Cook, Guy. 2000. Language play, language learning. Oxford University Press. Cook, Susan Wagner, and Michael K. Tanenhaus. 2009. Embodied communication: speakers’ gestures affect listeners’ actions. Cognition 113(1), 98–104. Cook, Susan Wagner, Terina Kuangyi Yip, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2012. Gestures, but not meaningless movements, lighten working memory load when explaining math. Language and Cognitive Processes 27(4), 594–610. Cooperrider, Kensy. 2014. Body-directed gestures: pointing to the self and beyond. Journal of Pragmatics 71, 1–16. Cooperrider, Kensy, and Rafael Nuń˜ez. 2009. Across time, across the body: transversal temporal gestures. Gesture 9(2), 181–206. Cooperrider, Kensy, Rafael Nuń˜ez, and Eve Sweetser. 2014. The conceptualization of time in gesture. In C. Mu¨ller, A. Cienki, E. Fricke, S. Ladewig, D. McNeill, and J. Bressem (eds.), Body-Language-Communication (vol. 2), 1781–88. New York: De Gruyter Mouton.


711

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Cooperrider, Kensy, James Slotta, and Rafael Nuń˜ez. 2016. Uphill and downhill in a flat world: the conceptual topography of the Yupno house. Cognitive Science 1–32. Cooren, François. 2010. Action and agency in dialogue: passion, incarnation and ventriloquism. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2012. Communication theory at the center: ventriloquism and the communicative constitution of reality. Journal of Communication 62(1), 1–20. Cooren, François, and Sergeiy Sandler. 2014. Polyphony, ventriloquism and constitution: in dialogue with Bakhtin. Communication Theory 24(3), 225–44. Cormier, Kearsy, Adam Schembri, and Bencie Woll. 2013. Pronouns and pointing in sign languages. Lingua: International Review of General Linguistics 137, 230–47. Cornillie, Bert. 2004. The shift from lexical to subjective readings in Spanish prometer ‘to promise’ and amenazar ‘to threaten’: a corpusbased account. Pragmatics 14(1), 1–30. Cornips, Leonie, and Cecilia Poletto. 2005. On standardising syntactic elicitation techniques (part 1). Lingua: International Review of General Linguistics 115, 939–57. Cotter, Colleen. 1997. Claiming a piece of the pie: how the language of recipes defines community. In Anne L. Bower (ed.), Recipes for reading: community cookbooks, stories, histories, 51–72. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press. Coulson, Seana. [2001] 2005. What’s so funny: cognitive semantics and jokes. Cognitive Psychopathology/Psicopatologia Cognitive 2(3), 67–78. 1995. Analogic and metaphoric mapping in blended spaces: Menendez brothers virus. CRL Newsletter 9(1), n. pag. 2005. Extemporaneous blending: conceptual integration in humorous discourse from talk radio. Style 39(2), 107–22. 2006a. Semantic leaps: frame-shifting and conceptual blending in meaning construction. Cambridge University Press. 2006b. Conceptual Blending in thought, rhetoric, and ideology. In Gitte Kristiansen, Michel Achard, Rene´ Dirven, and Francisco J. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: current applications and future perspectives, 187–208. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008. Metaphor comprehension and the brain. In Ray W. Gibbs (ed.), Metaphor and thought, 3rd edn, 177–94. Cambridge University Press. 2012. Cognitive neuroscience of figurative language. In Michael Spivey et al. (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of psycholinguistics, 523–37. Cambridge University Press Coulson, Seana, and Todd Oakley (eds.). 2000. Special issue on conceptual blending. Cognitive Linguistics 11(3/4). 2005. Special issue on conceptual blending. Journal of Pragmatics 37(10). 2006. Purple persuasion: Conceptual Blending and deliberative rhetoric. In June Luchjenbroers (ed.), Cognitive linguistics: investigations across

711


712

712

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

languages, fields, and philosophical boundaries, 47–65. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Coulson, Seana, and Esther Pascual. 2006. For the sake of argument: mourning the unborn and reviving the dead through conceptual blending. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 4, 153–81 Coulson, Seana, and Cyma Van Petten. 2002. Conceptual integration and metaphor: an event-related potential study. Memory and Cognition 30(6), 958–68. Couper-Kuhlen, Elizabeth, and Margret Selting (eds.). 1996. Prosody in conversation: interactional studies. Cambridge University Press. 2001. Studies in interactional linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Coventry, Kenny R., Merce Prat-Sala, and Lynn V Richards. 2001. The interplay between geometry and function in the comprehension of ‘over,’ ‘under,’ ‘above’ and ‘below.’ Journal of Memory and Language 44, 376–98. Cowart, Wayne. 1994. Anchoring and grammar effects in judgments of sentence acceptability. Perceptual and Motor Skills 79, 1171–82. 1997. Experimental syntax: applying objective methods to sentence judgments. Thousand Oaks: Sage. Craig, Colette (ed.). 1986. Noun classes and categorization. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1991. Ways to go in Rama: a case study in polygrammaticalization. In Elizabeth C. Traugott and Bernd Heine (eds.), Approaches to grammaticalization, 455–92. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Croft, William. 1993. The role of domains in the interpretation of metaphors and metonymies. Cognitive Linguistics 4, 335–70. 1998. Event structure in argument linking. In Miriam Butt and Wilhelm Geuder (eds.), The projection of arguments: lexical and compositional factors, 21–63. Stanford: CSLI. 2001. Radical Construction Grammar: syntactic theory in typological perspective. Oxford University Press. 2003. Lexical rules vs. constructions: a false dichotomy. In H. Cuyckens, T. Berg, R. Dirven, and K.-U. Panther (eds.), Motivation in language: studies in honor of Gu¨nther Radden, 49–68. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2009a. Connecting frames and constructions: a case study of ‘eat’ and ‘feed.’ Constructions and Frames 1(1), 7–28. 2009b. Toward a social cognitive linguistics. In Vyvyan Evans and Ste´phanie Pourcel (eds.), New directions in cognitive linguistics, 395–420. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2010. The origins of grammaticalization in the verbalization of experience. Linguistics 48, 1–48. 2012. Verbs: aspect and causal structure. Oxford University Press. 2013. Radical Construction Grammar. In T. Hoffmann and G. Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of Construction Grammar, 211–32. Oxford University Press.


713

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Croft, William, and D. Alan Cruse. 2004. Cognitive linguistics. Cambridge University Press. Croft, William, and K. T. Poole. 2008. Inferring universals from grammatical variation: multidimensional scaling for typological analysis. Theoretical Linguistics 34, 1–37. Crowley, Terry. 1996. Inalienable possession in Paamese grammar. In Hilary Chappell and William McGregor (eds.), The grammar of inalienability, 383–464. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Cruse, D. A. 1986. Lexical semantics. Cambridge University Press. Crystal, David. 2001. Language and the Internet. Cambridge University Press. Csa´bi, Szilvia. 2004. A cognitive linguistic view of polysemy in English and its implications for teaching. In Michel Achard and Suzanne Niemeier (eds.), Cognitive linguistics, second language acquisition and foreign language teaching, 233–56. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Culicover, Peter W., and Ray Jackendoff. 1999. The view from the periphery: the English comparative correlative. Linguistic Inquiry 30, 543–71. 2005. Simpler syntax. Oxford University Press. Cˇulo, Oliver. 2003. Constructions-and-Frames analysis of translations: the interplay of syntax and semantics in translations between English and German. Constructions and Frames 5(2), 143–67. Culy, Christopher. 1996. Null objects in English recipes. Language Variation and Change 8, 91–124. 1997. Logophoric pronouns and point of view. Linguistics 35(5), 845–59. Curry, Kaitlin. 2010. ¿Pero Para? ¿Por Que´? The application of the principled polysemy model to por and para. MA thesis. Georgetown University. Curtis, Richard, Ben Elton, John Lloyd, and Rowan Atkinson. 1998. Blackadder: the whole damn dynasty. London: Penguin. Da˛browska, Ewa. 2000. From formula to schema: the acquisition of English questions. Cognitive Linguistics 11, 83–102. 2004. Language, mind and brain: some psychological and neurological constraints on theories of grammar. Edinburgh University Press. 2010. Naive v. expert competence: an empirical study of speaker intuitions. The Linguistic Review 27, 1–23. 2012. Different speakers, different grammars: individual differences in native language attainment. Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism 2, 219–53. 2015a. Language in the mind and in the community. In Jocelyne Daems, Eline Zenner, Kris Heylen, Dirk Speelmand, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), Change of paradigms: new paradoxes, 221–35. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 2015b. What exactly is Universal Grammar, and has anyone seen it? Frontiers of Psychology 6(23), 852. Da˛browska, Ewa, and Dagmar Divjak (eds.). 2015. Handbook of cognitive linguistics. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

713


714

714

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Da˛browska, Ewa, and Elena Lieven. 2005. Towards a lexically specific grammar of children’s question constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 16, 437–74. Dabrowska, Ewa, and Marcin Szczerbinski. 2006. Polish children’s productivity with case marking: the role of regularity, type frequency, and phonological diversity. Journal of Child Language 33(3), 559–97. Da˛browska, Ewa, Caroline Rowland, and Anna Theakston. 2009. The acquisition of questions with long-distance dependencies. Cognitive Linguistics 20, 571–98. Dachkovsky, Svetlana, and Wendy Sandler. 2009. Visual intonation in the prosody of a sign language. Language and Speech 52(2–3), 287–314. Dale, Rick, and Michael J. Spivey. 2006. Unraveling the dyad: using recurrence analysis to explore patterns of syntactic coordination between children and caregivers in conversation. Language Learning 56, 391–430. Dale, Rick, Riccardo Fusaroli, Nicholas Duran, and Daniel C. Richardson. 2014. The self-organization of human interaction. In Brian H. Ross (ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation, 43–95. New York: Academic Press. Dalton-Puffer, Christiane, and Ingo Plag. 2000. Category-wise, some compound-type morphemes seem to be rather suffix-like: on the status of -ful, -type, and -wise in present-day English. Folia Linguistica 34, 225–44. Damasio, Antonio. 2010. Self comes to mind. New York: Pantheon. Damasio, Antonio and Hanna Damasio. 1994. Cortical systems for retrieval of concrete knowledge: the convergence zone framework. In C. Koch (ed.), Large-scale neuronal theories of the brain, 61–74. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Dancygier, Barbara. 1998. Conditionals and prediction: time, knowledge, and causation in conditional constructions. Cambridge University Press. 2005. Blending and narrative viewpoint: Jonathan Raban’s travels through mental spaces. Language and Literature 14(2), 99–127. (ed.). 2006. Special issue on conceptual blending. Language and Literature 15(1). 2007. Narrative anchors and the processes of story construction: the case of Margaret Atwood’s The Blind Assassin. Style 41(2), 133–52. 2008a. Review of the book Constructions of Intersubjectivity by A. Verhagen. Linguistics 46(3), 651–77. 2008b. The text and the story: levels of blending in fictional narratives. In Todd Oakley and Anders Hougaard (eds.), Mental spaces approaches to discourse and interaction, 51–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2009. Genitives and proper names in constructional blends. In Vyvyan Evans and Ste´phanie Pourcel (eds.), New directions in cognitive linguistics, 161–84. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


715

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

2011. Modification and constructional blends in the use of proper names. Constructions and Frames 3(2), 208–35. 2012a. The language of stories: a cognitive approach. Cambridge University Press. 2012b. Negation, stance verbs, and intersubjectivity. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective, 69–93. Cambridge University Press. 2014. Intensity and texture in imagery. In Peter Stockwell and Sarah Whiteley (eds.), The Cambridge handbook of stylistics, 212–27. Cambridge University Press. 2016a. Concluding remarks: why viewpoint matters. In Barbara Dancygier, Wei-lun Lu, and Arie Verhagen (eds.), Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning: form and use of viewpoint tools across language and modalities, 281–88. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 2017. Figurativeness, conceptual metaphor and blending. In Elena Semino and Zsofia Demjeń (eds.), The Routledge handbook of metaphor and language, 28–41. London: Routledge. 2016b. Un-walling the wall: viewpoint and multimodality. In Peter Garratt (ed.), The cognitive humanities: embodied mind in literature and culture, 55–70. London: Palgrave Macmillan In prep. Viewpoint phenomena in constructions and discourse. Glossa. Dancygier, Barbara, and Eve Sweetser. 2005. Mental spaces in grammar: conditional constructions. Cambridge University Press. (eds.). 2012. Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective. Cambridge University Press. 2014. Figurative language. Cambridge University Press. Dancygier, Barbara, and Lieven Vandelanotte. 2016. Discourse viewpoint as network. In Barbara Dancygier, Lu Wei-Lun, and Arie Verhagen (eds.), Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning form and use of viewpoint tools across languages and modalities, 13–40. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. (eds.). In prep a. Viewpoint phenomena in multimodal communication. Special issue of Cognitive Linguistics. In prep b. Multimodal artefacts and the texture of viewpoint. Special issue of Journal of Pragmatics. Dancygier, Barbara, Wei-lun Lu, and Arie Verhagen (eds.). 2016. Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning: form and use of viewpoint tools across language and modalities. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Daniels, Peter T., and William Bright (eds.). 1996. The world’s writing systems. New York: Oxford University Press. Danino, Charlotte. 2014. Language production and meaning construction mechanisms in the discourse on an ongoing event: the case study of CNN’s live broadcast on 9/11. PhD dissertation. University of Poitiers, France.

715


716

716

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Danziger, Eve, and Alan Rumsey (eds.). 2013. Intersubjectivity: cultural limits, extensions and construals. Special issue of Language and Communication 33(3), 247–343. David, Oana, George Lakoff, and Elise Stickles. 2016. Cascades in metaphor and grammar: a case study of metaphors in the gun debate. Berkeley: International Computer Science Institute. Davies, Mark. 2008. The corpus of contemporary American English (COCA). www.americancorpus.org. Davis, Barbara L., and Peter F. MacNeilage. 2004. The frame/content theory of speech evolution: from lip smacks to syllables. Primatologie 6, 305–28. Davis, George H. 2013. Visual metaphors for teaching 3D geological thinking and interpretation. In Robert Krantz and D. Boonstra (eds.), 3D structural geologic interpretation: earth, mind, and machine. AAPG Hedberg Research Conference, Reno, Nevada. De Clerck, Bernard, and Timothey Colleman. 2013. ‘Het was massa’s lekker!’ Massa and massa’s in Flemish varieties of Dutch. Language Sciences 36, 147–60. de Cuypere, Ludovis. 2008. Limiting the iconic. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. De Deyne, Simon, and Gert Storms. 2015. Word associations. In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 465–80. Oxford University Press. de Hevia, Maria D., Ve´ronique Izard, Aure´lie Coubart, Elizabeth S. Spelke, and Arlette Streri. 2014. Representations of space, time, and number in neonates. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 111(13), 4809–13. de Jorio, A. 1832 [2000]. Gesture in Naples and gesture in Classical Antiquity. A translation of La mimica degli antichi investigata nel gestire napoletano with introduction and notes by Adam Kendon. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. De Knop, Sabine, and Gae¨tanelle Gilquin (eds.). 2016. Applied Construction Grammar. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. De Knop, Sabine, Frank Boers, and Teun De Rycker (eds.). 2010. Applications of cognitive linguistics: exploring the lexis-grammar continuum in second language pedagogy. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. de la Fuente, Juanma, Daniel Casasanto, Antonio Romań, and Julio Santiago. 2015. Can culture influence body-specific associations between space and valence? Cognitive Science 39, 821–32. de la Fuente, Juanma, Julio Santiago, Antonio Romań, Cristina Dumitrache, and Daniel Casasanto. 2014. When you think about it, your past is in front of you: how culture shapes spatial conceptions of time. Psychological Science 25(9), 1682–90. de la Vega, Irmgard, Carolin Dudschig, Mońica De Filippis, Martin Lachmair, and Barbara Kaup. 2013. Keep your hands crossed: the valence-by-left/right interaction is related to hand, not side, in an


717

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

incongruent hand–response key assignment. Acta Psychologica 142(2), 273–77. de la Vega, Irmgard, Mońica De Filippis, Martin Lachmair, Carolin Dudschig, and Barbara Kaup. 2012. Emotional valence and physical space: limits of interaction. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 38, 375–85. De Looze, Ce´line, Stefan Scherer, Brian Vaughan, and Nick Campbell. 2014. Investigating automatic measurements of prosodic accommodation and its dynamics in social interaction. Speech Communication 58, 11–34. De Meulder, Maartje. 2015. The legal recognition of sign languages. Sign Language Studies 15(4), 498–506. de Saussure, Ferdinand. [1916] 2006. Course in general linguistics. Ed. Charles Bally and Albert Sechehaye, trans. Roy Harris. La Salle, IL: Open Court. (Orig. pub. Cours de linguistique geńe´rale. Paris: Payot.) De Smet, Hendrik, and Jean-Christophe Verstraete. 2006. Coming to terms with subjectivity. Cognitive Linguistics 17, 365–92. de Sousa, Hila´rio. 2012. Generational differences in the orientation of time in Cantonese speakers as a function of changes in the direction of Chinese writing. Frontiers in Psychology 3(255), n. pag. de Vos, Connie, and Roland Pfau. 2015. Sign language typology: the contribution of rural sign languages. Annual Review of Linguistics 1(1), n. pag. de Vos, Connie. 2014. The Kata Kolok pointing system: morphemization and syntactic Integration. Topics in Cognitive Science 7(10), 150–68. Deese, James. 1965. The structure of associations in language and thought. Baltimore: John Hopkins. Dehaene, Stanislas, Serge Bossini, and Pascal Giraux. 1993. The mental representation of parity and number magnitude. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 122, 371–96. Dehaene, Stanislas, and Laurent Cohen. 2007. Cultural recycling of cortical maps. Neuron 56(2), 384–98. Deignan, Alice, and Liz Potter. 2004. A corpus study of metaphors and metonyms in English and Italian. Journal of Pragmatics 36(7), 1231–52. Deignan, Alice, Jeannette Littlemore, and Elena Semino (eds.). 2013. Figurative language, genre and register. Cambridge University Press. Deignan, Alice. 1995. Collins Cobuild guides to English 7: Metaphor. London: Harper Collins. 2005. Metaphor and corpus linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Delbecque Nicole. 1990. Word order as a reflection of alternate conceptual construals in French and Spanish: similarities and divergences in adjective position. Cognitive Linguistics 1, 349–416. DeLoache, Judy S. 2004. Becoming symbol-minded. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 8(2), 66–70.

717


718

718

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

DeMatteo, Asa. 1977. Visual imagery and visual analogues in American Sign Language. In Lynn A. Friedman (ed.), On the other hand: new perspectives on American Sign Language, 109–36. Cambridge, MA: Academic Press. Demeter, Gusztav. 2011. Explicit apologies in English and Romanian: a construction grammar approach. PhD dissertation. Oklahoma State University. 2016. On discourse-motivated ‘sorries’: fictive apologies in English, Hungarian, and Romanian. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 151–68. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Demjeń, Zsofia, and Elena Semino. 2016. Using metaphor in healthcare: physical health interventions. In Elena Semino and Zsofia Demjeń (eds.), The Routledge handbook of metaphor and language, 385–99. London: Routledge. Demjeń, Zsofia. 2015. Sylvia Plath and the language of affective states: written discourse and the experience of depression. London: Bloomsbury. Demmen, Jane, Elena Semino, Zsofia Demjeń, Veronika Koller, Andrew Hardie, Paul Rayson, and Sheila Payne. 2015. A computerassisted study of the use of violence metaphors for cancer and end of life by patients, family carers and health professionals. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 20(2), 205–31. Den Dikken, Marcel. 2005. Comparative correlatives comparatively. Linguistic Inquiry 36, 497–532. Denis, Michel. 1997. The description of routes: a cognitive approach to the production of spatial discourse. Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive 16(4), 409–58. Denison, David. 2010. Log(ist)ic and simplistic S-curves. In Raymond Hickey (ed.), Motives for language change, 54–70. Cambridge University Press. Dennett, Daniel C. 1991. Consciousness explained. Boston: Little Brown. Denroche, Charles. 2015. Metonymy and language: a new theory of linguistic processing. London: Routledge. Deppermann, Arnulf. 2006. Construction grammar – eine Grammatik fu¨r die Interaktion? In Arnulf Deppermann, Reinhold Fiehler, and Thomas Spranz-Fogasy (eds.), Grammatik und Interaktion, 43–65. Radolfzell: Verlag fu¨r Gespra¨chsforschung. 2011. Konstruktionsgrammatik und Interaktionale Lingui-stik: Affinita¨ten, Komplementarita¨ten und Diskrepanzen. In Alexander Ziem and Alexander Lasch (eds.), Konstruktionsgrammatik III : Aktuelle Fragen und Lo¨sungsansa¨tze, 205–38. Tu¨bingen: Stauffenburg. 2013. Introduction: multimodal interaction from a conversation analytic perspective. Journal of Pragmatics 46, 1–7. Desagulier, Guillaume. 2014. Visualizing distances in a set of nearsynonyms: rather, quite, fairly, and pretty. In Dylan Glynn and Justyna


719

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Robinson (eds.), Polysemy and synonymy: corpus methods and applications in Cognitive Linguistics, 145–78. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Desai, R., J. Binder, L. Conant, Q. Mano, and M. Seidenberg. 2011. The neural career of sensory-motor metaphors. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 23, 2376–86. Descartes, Rene´. 1641 [1980]. Discourse on method and meditations on first philosophy. Trans. Donald A. Cress. Indianapolis: Hackett. Deshors, Sandra C. and Stefan Th. Gries. In prep. Profiling verb complementation constructions across New Englishes: a two-step random forests analysis to ing vs. to complements. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics. Di Giuseppantonio Di Franco, Paola, Justin L. Matthews, and Teenie Matlock. 2015. Framing the past: how virtual experience affects bodily descriptions of artefacts. Journal of Cultural Heritage 17, 179–87. Diemer, Stefan, and Maximiliane Frobenius. 2013. When making a pie, all ingredients must be chilled. Including you: lexical, syntactic and interactive features of online discourse – a synchronic study of food blogs. In Cornelia Gerhardt, Maximiliane Frobenius, and Susanne Ley (eds.), Culinary linguistics: the chef’s special, 53–81. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Diemer, Stefan. 2013. Recipes and food discourse in English – a historical menu. In Cornelia Gerhardt, Maximiliane Frobenius, and Susanne Ley (eds.), Culinary linguistics: the chef’s special, 139–56. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Diessel, Holger, and Michael Tomasello. 2001. The acquisition of finite complement clauses in English: a corpus-based analysis. Cognitive Linguistics 12(2), 97–142. Diessel, Holger. 2004. The acquisition of complex sentences. Cambridge University Press. 2008. Iconicity of sequence: a corpus-based analysis of the positioning of temporal adverbial clauses in English. Cognitive Linguistics 19, 465–90. 2009. On the role of frequency and similarity in the acquisition of subject and non-subject relative clauses. In Talmy Givoń and Masayoshi Shibatani (eds.), Syntactic complexity, 251–76. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Construction Grammar and first language acquisition. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of Construction Grammar, 347–64. Oxford University Press. Diewald, Gabriele. 2007. Abto¨nungspartikel. In Ludger Hoffmann (ed.), Handbuch der deutschen Wortarten, 117–41. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Dingemanse, M., S. G. Roberts, J. Baranova, J. Blythe, P. Drew, S. Floyd, et al. 2015. Universal principles in the repair of communication problems. PLoS ONE 10(9), e0136100. Dingemanse, Mark, and N. J. Enfield. 2015. Other-initiated repair across languages: towards a typology of conversational structures. Open Linguistics 1(1), n. pag.

719


720

720

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:54AM

References

Dirven, Rene´. 1993 [2003]. Metonymy and metaphor: different mental strategies of conceptualisation. In Rene´ Dirven and Ralf Po¨rings (eds.). Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast, 75–112. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Dittmar, Miriam, Kirsten Abbot-Smith, E. Lieven, and M. Tomasello. 2008. German children’s comprehension of word order and case marking in causative sentences. Child Development, 79, 1152–67. Divjak, Dagmar S. 2006. Ways of intending: delineating and structuring near synonyms. In Stefan Th. Gries and Anatol Stefanowitsch (eds.), Corpora in cognitive linguistics: corpus-based approaches to syntax and lexis, 19–56. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Divjak, Dagmar S., and Antti Arppe. 2010. Extracting prototypes from corpus data: a distributional account of representing nearsynonymous verbs. Paper presented at the interdisciplinary workshop on verbs, ‘The identification and representation of verb features’. Pisa. Divjak, Dagmar S., and Stefan Th. Gries. 2006. Ways of trying in Russian: clustering behavioral profiles. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 2(1), 23–60. 2008. Clusters in the mind? Converging evidence from near synonymy in Russian. The Mental Lexicon 3(2), 188–213. 2009. Corpus-based cognitive semantics: a contrastive study of phasal verbs in English and Russian. In Katarzyna Dziwirek and Barbara Lewandowska-Tomaszczyk (eds.), Studies in cognitive corpus linguistics, 273–96. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. (eds.). 2012. Frequency effects in language representation. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2015. Four challenges for usage-based linguistics. In Jocelyne Daems, Eline Zenner, Kris Heylen, Dirk Speelman, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.). Change of paradigms – new paradoxes: recontextualizing language and linguistics, 297–310. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Dodge, Ellen, Jisup Hong, and Elise Stickles. 2015. MetaNet: deep semantic automatic metaphor analysis. NAACL HLT June 2015, 40. Dodge, Ellen. 2016. A deep semantic corpus-based approach to metaphor analysis: a case study of metaphoric conceptualizations of poverty. Berkeley: International Computer Science Institute. Dodwell, C. Reginald. 2000. Anglo-Saxon gestures and the Roman stage. Cambridge University Press. Dolbey, Andrew. 2009. BioFrameNet: a FrameNet extension to the domain of molecular biology. PhD dissertation. University of California, Berkeley. Dolscheid, Sarah, Sabine Hunnius, Daniel Casasanto, and Asifa Majid. 2014. Prelinguistic infants are sensitive to space-pitch associations found across cultures. Psychological Science 25(6), 1256–61.


721

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Dolscheid, Sarah, Shakila Shayan, Asifa Majid, and Daniel Casasanto. 2013. The thickness of musical pitch: psychophysical evidence for linguistic relativity. Psychological Science 24(5), 613–21. Dominey, Peter, and Michael Hoen. 2006. Structure mapping and semantic integration in a construction-based neurolinguistic model of sentence processing. Cortex 42, 476–79. Donegan, Patricia J., and David Stampe. 2009. Hypotheses of natural phonology. Poznan´ Studies in Contemporary Linguistics 45(1), 1–31. 1979. The study of natural phonology. In Dan Dinnsen (ed.), Current approaches to phonological theory, 126–73. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Dornelas, Aline, and Esther Pascual. 2016. Echolalia as communicative strategy: fictive interaction in the speech of children with autism. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 343–61. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Dorst, Aletta G. 2015. More or different metaphors in fiction? A quantitative cross-register comparison. Language and Literature 24(1), 3–22. Downing, Laura J. 2006. Canonical forms in prosodic morphology. Oxford University Press. Dowty, David R. 1986. The effect of aspectual class on the temporal structure of discourse: semantics or pragmatics? Linguistics and Philosophy 1(9), 37–62. Dryer, Matthew S., and Martin Haspelmath (eds.). 2013. The world atlas of language structures online. Leipzig: Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. Du Bois, John W. 1985. Competing motivations. In J. Haiman (ed.), Iconicity in syntax, 343–65. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2007. The stance triangle. In Robert Englebretson (ed.), Stancetaking in discourse: subjectivity, evaluation, interaction, 139–82. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2014. Towards a dialogic syntax. Cognitive Linguistics 25, 359–410. Ducrot, Oswald. 1996. Slovenian lectures: argumentative semantics/confe´rences slove`nes: se´mantiques argumentatives. Ljubljana: ISH Insˇtitut za humanisticˇne sˇtudije Ljubljana. Dudis, Paul G. 2004. Body partitioning and real-space blends. Cognitive Linguistics 15(2), 223–38. Duffau, H., P. Gatignol, E. Mandonnet, P. Peruzzi, N. Tzourio-Mazoyer, and L. Capelle. 2005. New insights into the anatomo-functional connectivity of the semantic system: a study using cortico-subcortical stimulations. Brain 128, 797–810. Duffy, Sarah E., and Michele I. Feist. 2014. Individual differences in the interpretation of ambiguous statements about time. Cognitive Linguistics 25(1), 29–54.

721


722

722

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Duijn, Max J. van, and Arie Verhagen. In press. Beyond triadic communication: a three-dimensional conceptual space for modeling intersubjectivity. In D. Glynn and K. Krawczak (eds.), Subjectivity and stance: usagebased studies in epistemic structuring. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Dunning, Ted. 1993. Accurate methods for the statistics of surprise and coincidence. Computational Linguistics 19(1), 61–74. Earis, Helen, and Kearsy Cormier. 2013. Point of view in British Sign Language and spoken English narrative discourse: the example of ‘The Tortoise and the Hare.’ Language and Cognition 5(4), 313–43. Ebbinghaus, Hermann. 1885 [1913]. Memory: a contribution to experimental psychology New York: Teachers College, Columbia. Eckert, Penelope. 2012. Three waves of variation study: the emergence of meaning in the study of sociolinguistic variation. Annual Review of Anthropology 41, 87–100. Eckhoff, Hanne M., and Laura A. Janda. 2014. Grammatical profiles and aspect in Old Church Slavonic. Transactions of the Philological Society 112(2), 231–58. Egorova, Ekaterina, Thora Tenbrink, and Ross Purves. 2015. Where snow is a landmark: Route direction elements in alpine contexts. Spatial Information Theory: 12th International Conference (COSIT 2015), Santa Fe, October 12–16, 2015, 175–95. Berlin: Springer. Ehlich, Konrad. 1986. Interjektionen. Tu¨bingen: Niemeyer. Ehrich, Veronika, and Charlotte Koster. 1983. Discourse organization and sentence form: the structure of room descriptions in Dutch. Discourse Processes 6,169–95. Ekman, Paul, and Wallace V. Friesen. 1969. The repertoire of nonverbal behavior: categories, origins, usage, and coding. Semiotica 1(1), 49–98. Ellis, Andrew W. 1985–87. Progress in the Psychology of Language, 3 vols. London: Lawrence Erlbaum. Ellis, Nick C. 2002. Frequency effects in language processing: a review with implications for theories of implicit and explicit language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 24(2), 143–88. 2003. Constructions, chunking and connectionism: the emergence of second language structure. In Catherine Doughty and Michael H. Long (eds.), Handbook of second language acquisition, 63–103. Oxford: Blackwell. 2006a. Cognitive perspectives on SLA: the associative cognitive CREED. AILA Review 19: 100–21. 2006b. Language acquisition as rational contingency learning. Applied Linguistics 27(1). 1–24. 2008. Usage-based and form-focused language acquisition: the associative learning of constructions, learned attention and the limited L2 end state. In Peter Robinson and Nick C. Ellis (eds.) Handbook of


723

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition. 372–406. London : Routledge. 2012. What can we count in language, and what counts in language acquisition, cognition, and use? In Stefan Th. Gries and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.), Frequency effects in language learning and processing, 7–33. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. 2013. Construction grammar and second language acquisition. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 365–78. Oxford University Press. Ellis, Nick C., and Fernando Ferreira-Junior. 2009. Constructions and their acquisition: islands and the distinctiveness of their occupancy. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 7, 187–220. Ellis, Nick C., and Stefanie Wulff. 2015. Second language acquisition. In Ewa Da˛browska and Divjak Dagmar (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 409–31. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Ellis, Nick C., and Teresa Cadierno. 2009. Constructing a second language: introduction to the special section. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 7, 111–39. Ellis, Nick C., Matthew B. O’Donnell, and Ute Ro¨mer. 2014a. The processing of verb-argument constructions is sensitive to form, function, frequency, contingency, and prototypicality. Cognitive Linguistics 25(1). 55–98. 2014b. Second language verb-argument constructions are sensitive to form, function, frequency, contingency, and prototypicality. Linguistic Approaches to Bilingualism 4(4). 405–31. Ellsworth, Michael, Kyoko Ohara, Carlos Subirats, and Thomas Schmidt. 2006. Frame-semantic analysis of motion scenarios in English, German, Spanish, and Japanese. Paper presented at the Fourth International Conference on Construction Grammar, Tokyo, Japan. Available at http://jfn.st.hc.keio.ac.jp/publications/HoundICCG4.pdf. Elman, Jeffrey L., and James L. McClelland. 1984. Speech perception as a cognitive process: the interactive activation model. In Norman Lass (ed.), Speech and language, vol. 10, 337–74. New York: Academic Press. Emmorey, Karen. 2002. Language, cognition, and the brain: Insights from sign language research. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum and Associates. Emmorey, Karen, and Shannon Casey. 2001. Gesture, thought and spatial language. Gesture, 1(1), 35–50. Emmorey, Karen, Barbara Tversky, and Holly A. Taylor. 2000. Using space to describe space: perspective in speech, sign, and gesture. Spatial Cognition and Computation 2, 157–80. Enfield, N. J. (ed.) 2002. Ethnosyntax: explorations in grammar and culture. Oxford University Press. 2003. Linguistic epidemiology: semantics and grammar of language contact in mainland Southeast Asia. Abingdon: RoutledgeCurzon.

723


724

724

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2009. The anatomy of meaning: speech, gesture, and composite utterances. Cambridge University Press. 2013. Relationship thinking: agency, enchrony, and human cociality. Oxford University Press. 2014. Natural causes of language: frames, biases, and cultural transmission. Berlin: Language Science Press. 2015. The utility of meaning: what words mean and why. Oxford University Press. Enfield, N. J., and Stephen C. Levinson. 2006a. Introduction: human sociality as a new interdisciplinary field. In N. J. Enfield and Stephen C. Levinson (eds.), Roots of human sociality: culture, cognition and interaction, 1–35. Oxford: Berg. 2006b. Roots of human sociality: culture, cognition and interaction. Oxford: Berg. Engelberg, Stefan, Svenja Ko¨nig, Kristel Proost, and Edeltraud Winkler. 2011. Argumentstrukturmuster als Konstruktionen? In S. Engelberg, A. Holler, and K. Proost (eds.), Sprachliches Wissen zwischen Lexikon und Grammatik, 71–112. Berlin: De Gruyter. Ericsson, K. Anders, and Herbert A. Simon. 1984. Protocol analysis –verbal reports as data. Cambridge, MA: Bradford books. Erman, Adolf. 1971. The literature of the ancient Egyptians: Poems, narratives, and manuals of instruction from the third and second millennia B.C. Aylward M Blackman (trans.). New York: Benjamin Blom. Erting, Carol and James Woodward. 1975. Synchronic variation and sistorical change in American Sign Language. Language Sciences, 37(Oct), 9–12. Eskildsen, Søren Wind, and Johannes Wagner. 2015. Embodied L2 construction learning. Language Learning 65, 419–48. Eskildsen, Søren Wind. In prep. L2 constructions and interactional competence: subordination and coordination in English L2 learning. In Andrea Tyler, Lihong Huang and Hana Jan (eds.), What is applied cognitive linguistics? Answers from current SLA research. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Evans, Jonathan S. B. T. 2005. The social and communicative function of conditional statements. Mind and Society 4(1), 97–113. Evans, Nicholas. 1995. View with a view: towards a typology of multiple perspective constructions. In Rebecca T. Cover and Yuni Kim (eds.), Proceedings of the thirty-first annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society: general session and parasession on prosodic variation and change, 93–120. Berkeley: Berkeley Linguistics Society. 2010. Semantic typology. In Jae Jung Song (ed.), The Oxford handbook of typology, 504–33. Oxford University Press. Evans, Nicholas, and Stephen C. Levinson. 2009a. The myth of language universals: Language diversity and its importance for cognitive science. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 32(5), 429–92.


725

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2009b. With diversity in mind: freeing the language sciences from Universal Grammar. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 32, 472–84. Evans, Nicholas, and David Wilkins. 2000. In the mind’s ear: the semantic extensions of perception verbs in Australian languages. Language 76(3), 546–92. Evans, Vyvyan, and Melanie Green. 2006. Cognitive linguistics: an introduction. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers. Evans, Vyvyan, Benjamin K. Bergen, and Jo¨rg Zinken. 2007. The Cognitive Linguistics enterprise: an overview. In Vyvyan Evans, Benjamin K. Bergen, and Jo¨rg Zinken (eds.), The cognitive linguistics reader: advances in cognitive linguistics, 2–36. London: Equinox. Evans, Vyvyan. 2004. The structure of time: language, meaning and temporal cognition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2009. How words mean: Lexical concepts, cognitive models and meaning construction. Oxford University Press. Everett, Daniel L. 2003 [2008]. Wari’ intentional state constructions. In Robert Van Valin (ed.), Investigations of the syntax-semantics-pragmatics interface, 381–411. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2005. Cultural constraints on grammar and cognition in Piraha˜ (including commentary). Current Anthropology 46, 621–46. 2011. 26 September. Wari’. [Electronic mailing list message]. Retrieved from: http://listserv.linguistlist.org/cgi-bin/wa?A2=ind1109andL=FUNK NETandF=andS=andP=19496. Fairclough, Norman. 1994. Conversationalisation of public discourse and the authority of the consumer. In Russell Keat, Nigel Whiteley, and Nicholas Abercrombie (eds.), The authority of the consumer, 253–68. London: Routledge. Falck, Marlene Johansson, and Raymond W. Gibbs, Jr. 2012. Embodied motivations for metaphorical meanings. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 251–72. Fauconnier, Gilles, and Eve Sweetser (eds.). 1996. Spaces, worlds and grammar. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Fauconnier, Gilles, and George Lakoff. 2013. On metaphor and blending. Journal of Cognitive Semiotics (2), 393–99. Fauconnier, Gilles, and Mark Turner. 1996. Blending as a central process of grammar. In A E Goldberg (ed.), Conceptual structure, discourse, and language. Stanford: Center for the Study of Language and Information Publications. 1998. Conceptual integration networks. Cognitive Science 2(1), 133–87. 2000. Compression and global insight. Cognitive Linguistics 11(3/4), 283–304. 2002. The way we think: Conceptual blending and the mind’s hidden complexities. Cambridge University Press. 2008. Rethinking metaphor. In Raymond W. Gibbs (ed.), Cambridge handbook of metaphor and thought, 53–66. Cambridge University Press. Fauconnier, Gilles. 1985. Mental spaces. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

725


726

726

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

1994. Mental spaces: aspects of meaning construction in natural languages. 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Mappings in thought and language. Cambridge University Press. Faulhaber, Susen. 2011. Verb valency patterns. Berlin/New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Fay, Nicholas, Casey J. Lister, T. Mark Ellison, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2014. Creating a communication system from scratch: gesture beats vocalization hands down. Frontiers in Psychology 5, 1–12. Feagin, Crawford. 2013. Entering the community: fieldwork. In J. K. Chambers and Natalie Schilling (eds.), The handbook of language variation and change, 2nd edn, 20–39. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. Fedden, Sebastian and Lera Boroditsky. 2012. Spatialization of time in Mian. Frontiers in Psychology 3: 485. Feldman, Jerome. 2006. From molecules to metaphors. A neural theory of language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Feldman, Jerome, and Srini Narayanan. 2004. Embodied meaning in a neural theory of language. Brain and Language 89(2), 385–92. Fellbaum, Christiane (ed.). 1998. WordNet: an electronic lexical database. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2015. Lexical relations. In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 350–63. Oxford University Press. Ferguson, Charles A. 1982. Simplified registers and linguistic theory. In L. Obler and L. Menn (eds.), Exceptional language and linguistics. New York: Academic Press. Ferrara, Lindsay, and Trevor Johnston. 2014. Elaborating who’s what: a study of constructed action and clause structure in Auslan (Australian Sign Language). Australian Journal of Linguistics 34(2), 193–215. Ferrari, Lillian and Eve Sweetser. 2012. Subjectivity and upwards projection in mental space structure. In Barbara Dancygier, Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in language. A multimodal perspective, 47–68. Cambridge University Press. Ferrer i Cancho, Ramon, and Richard Sole´. 2001. The small-world of human language. SFI Working Paper 268(1482), 2261–65. Feyaerts, Kurt. 2013a. A cognitive grammar of creativity. In Tony Veale, Kurt Feyaerts, and Charles Forceville (eds.), Creativity and the agile mind: a multidisciplinary approach to a multifaceted phenomenon, 205–27. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2013b. Tackling the complexity of spontaneous humorous interaction: an integrated classroom-modeled corpus approach. In Leonor Ruiz Gurillo and M. Beleń Alvarado Ortega (eds.), Irony and humor: from pragmatics to discourse, 243–68. John Benjamins. Feyaerts, Kurt, and Geert Broˆne. 2005. Expressivity and metonymic inferencing: stylistic variation in non-literary language use. Style 39(1), 12–35.


727

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Feyaerts, Kurt, and Bert Oben. 2014. Tracing down schadenfreude in spontaneous interaction: evidence from corpus linguistics. In Wilco van Dijk and Jaap Ouwerkerk (eds.), Schadenfreude: understanding pleasure at the misfortune of others, 275–91. Cambridge University Press. Feynman, Richard. 1992. Surely you’re joking, Mr. Feynman! London: Vintage. Field, Andy. 2013. Discovering statistics using IBM SPSS statistics. London: Sage. Fillmore, Charles J. 1968. The case for case. In E. Bach and R. Harms (eds.), Universals in Linguistic Theory, 1–90. New York: Rinehart and Winston. 1975. An alternative to checklist theories of meaning. Proceedings of the First Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society (BLS), 123–31. 1976. Frame semantics and the nature of language. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences: conference on the Origin and Development of Language and Speech 280, 20–32. Location? 1977a. The case for case reopened. In Peter Cole (ed.), Grammatical relations, syntax and semantics 8, 59–81. New York: Academic Press. 1977b. Topics in Lexical Semantics. In Peter Cole (ed.), Current issues in linguistic theory, 76–136. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 1977c. Scenes-and-frames semantics. In A. Zampolli (ed.), Fundamental Studies in Computer Science, 55–88. Dordrecht: North Holland Publishing. 1978. On the organization of semantic information in the lexicon. Papers from the Parasession on the Lexicon, Chicago Linguistic Society, 148–73. 1979. Innocence: a second idealization for linguistics. Proceedings of the Fifth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society (BLS), 63–76. 1982. Frame semantics. In Linguistic Society of Korea (ed.), Linguistics in the morning calm, 111–38. Seoul: Hanshin. 1985a. Syntactic intrusions and the notion of grammatical construction. Berkeley Linguistic Society 11, 73–86. 1985b. Frames and the semantics of understanding. Quadernie di Semantica 6(2), 222–54. 1986. Pragmatically controlled zero anaphora. Proceedings of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 95–107. 1988. The mechanisms of construction grammar. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 14, 35–55. 1990. Epistemic stance and grammatical form in English conditional sentences. In Michael Ziolkowski, Manuela Noske, and Karen Deaton (eds.), Papers from the 26th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, 137–62. Chicago Linguistic Society. 2008. Border Conflicts: FrameNet meets Construction Grammar. Proceedings of the XIII EURALEX International Congress, 49–68. Barcelona, 15–19 July 2008. 2013. Berkeley construction grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 111–32. Oxford University Press.

727


728

728

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Fillmore, Charles J., and Beryl T. S. Atkins. 2000. Describing polysemy: the case of ‘crawl.’ In Yael Ravin and Claudia Leacock (eds.), Polysemy: theoretical and computational approaches, 89–110. Oxford University Press. 1992. Toward a frame-based lexicon: the semantics of RISK and its neighbors. In A. Lehrer and E. Kittay (eds.), Frames, Fields and Contrasts: New Essays in Semantic and Lexical Organization, 75–102. Hillsdale: Erlbaum. Fillmore, Charles J., and Colin Baker. 2010. A frames approach to semantic analysis. In B. Heine and H. Narrog (eds.), The Oxford handbook of linguistic analysis, 313–40. Oxford University Press. Fillmore, Charles J., Chris Johnson, and Miriam Petruck. 2003. Background to FrameNet. International Journal of Lexicography 16, 235–51. Fillmore, Charles J., and Paul Kay. 1993. Construction grammar coursebook. Unpublished manuscript. University of California, Berkeley. 1995. Construction grammar. Unpublished manuscript. University of California, Berkeley. 1999. Grammatical constructions and linguistic generalizations: the what’s X doing Y? construction. Language 75, 1–33. Fillmore, Charles J., Paul Kay, and Mary Catherine O’Connor. 1988. Regularity and idiomaticity in grammatical constructions: the case of let alone. Language 64, 501–38. Fillmore, Charles J., Russell Lee-Goldman, and Russell Rhomieux. 2012. The FrameNet Constructicon. In H.C. Boas and I. Sag (eds.), Sign-based Construction Grammar, 309–72. Stanford: CSLI Publications. Filppula, Markku, Juhani Klemola, and Heli Paulasto (eds.). 2009. Vernacular universals and language contacts: evidence from varieties of English and beyond. London: Routledge. Fink, Gernot A., Michaela Johanntokrax, and Brigitte Schaffranietz. 1995. A flexible formal language for the orthographic transcription of spontaneous spoken dialogues. Proceedings of the European Conference on Speech Communication and Technology, 871–74. Madrid. Fintel, Kai. von. 2011. Conditionals. In K. von Heusinger, C. Maienborn, and P. Portner (eds.), Handbooks of linguistics and communication science, 1515–38. Berlin: De Gruyter. Firth, John R. 1948. Sounds and prosodies. Transactions of the Philological Society 47(1), 127–52. 1957. Papers in linguistics 1934–1951. Oxford University Press. Fischer, Kerstin. 2000a. From cognitive semantics to lexical pragmatics: the functional polysemy of discourse particles. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2000b. Discourse particles, turn-taking, and the semantics – pragmatics interface. Revue de Se´mantique et Pragmatique 8, 111–37. 2002. The interactive constitution of word meaning: participant strategies in defining Cognitive and Cognitive Linguistics. Revue de Se´mantique et Pragmatique 12, 145–76.


729

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2006. What computer talk is and isn’t. Saarbru¨cken: AQ. 2010. Beyond the sentence: constructions, frames and spoken interaction. Constructions and Frames 2, 185–207. 2013. The addressee in the recipe. In Cornelia Gerhardt, Maximiliane Frobenius, and Susanne Ley (eds.), Culinary linguistics: the chef’s special, 103–17. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2015a. Conversation, construction grammar, and cognition. Language and Cognition 7, 563–88. 2015b. Situation in grammar or in frames? Evidence from the so-called baby talk register. Constructions and Frames 7(2), 258–88. In press. Designing speech for a recipient: the roles of partner modeling, alignment and feedback in so-called ‘simplified registers’. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. In prep. The situatedness of a pragmatic act: explaining a lamp to a robot. In A. Capone (ed.). Pragmemes: Festschrift for Jacob Mey. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Fischer, Kerstin, Katrin S. Lohan, Joe Saunders, Chrystopher Nehaniv, Britta Wrede, and Katharina Rohlfing. 2013. The impact of the contingency of robot feedback on HRI. Cooperative Technological Systems, San Diego, May 20–24. Fischer, Kerstin, Katrin S. Lohan, Katharina Rohlfing, and Kilian Foth. 2014. Partner orientation in asymmetric communication: evidence from contingent robot response. HRI ’14 Workshop on Humans and Robots in Asymmetric Interactions, March 3rd, 2014, Bielefeld, Germany. Fischer, Martin H. 2008. Finger counting habits modulate spatial-numerical associations. Cortex 44(4), 386–92. Fischer, Martin H., Richard A. Mills, and Samuel Shaki. 2010. How to cook a SNARC: number placement in text rapidly changes spatial– numerical associations. Brain and Cognition 72(3), 333–336. Fischer, Olga. 2003. The development of the modals in English. Radical versus gradual changes. In David Hart (ed.), English modality in context, 16–32. Bern: Peter Lang. Fisher, Mary F. K. 1983. The Anatomy of a Recipe. In With Bold Knife and Fork, p 13–24. Paragon. Fishman, Joshua A. 1991. Putting the ‘socio’ back into the sociolinguistic enterprise. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 92, 127–38. Fludernik, Monika. 1993. The fictions of language and the languages of fiction: the linguistic representation of speech and consciousness. London: Routledge. Flumini, Andrea, and Julio Santiago. 2013. Time (also) flies from left to right . . . if it is needed! In M. Knauff, M. Pauen, N. Sebanz, and I. Wachsmuth (eds.), Proceedings of the 35th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 2315–20. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. Fodor, Jerry. 1983. The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Fontenelle, Thierry. 1997. Using a bilingual dictionary to create semantic networks. International Journal of Lexicography 10.4. 275–303.

729


730

730

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Forceville, Charles J. 2002. The identification of target and source in pictorial metaphors. Journal of Pragmatics 34(1), 1–14. Forceville, Charles J., and Eduardo Urios-Aparisi (eds.). 2009. Multimodal metaphor. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Ford, Cecilia E. 1993. Grammar in interaction: adverbial clauses in American English conversations. Cambridge University Press. 2004. Contingency and units in interaction. Discourse Studies 6(1), 27–52. 2003. Social interaction and grammar. In Michael Tomasello (ed.), The new psychology of language: cognitive and functional approaches to language structure, 119–43. Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum. Ford, Cecilia E., Barbara Fox, and Sandra A. Thompson. 1996. Practices in the Construction of Turns: the ‘TCU’ revisited. Pragmatics 6, 3, 427–454. Forsbert, Markus, Richard Johansson, Linnea Ba¨ckstro¨m, Lars Borin, Benjamin Lyngfelt, Joel Olofsson, and Julia Prentice. 2014. From construction candidates to constructicon entries. Constructions and Frames 6.1, 114–135. Fortescue, Michael. 2001. Thoughts about thought. Cognitive Linguistics 12, 15–46. Fortuin, Egbert, and Boogaart, Ronny. 2009. Imperative as conditional: from constructional to compositional semantics. Cognitive Linguistics 20(4), 641–73. Fowler, Carol A., Julie M. Brown, Laura Sabadini, and Jeffrey Weihing. 2003. Rapid access to speech gestures in perception: evidence from choice and simple response time tasks. Journal of Memory and Language 49, 396–413. Fox, Barbara A. 2007. Principles shaping grammatical practices: an exploration. Discourse Studies 9, 299–318. FrameNet. 2015. FrameNet Release 1.6. Freely available as a download from the FrameNet project. Updated data available at https://framenet.icsi .berkeley.edu/fndrupal/home (accessed July 2015). Francis, Elaine J., and Laura A. Michaelis. 2003. Mismatch: a crucible for linguistic theory. In Elaine J. Francis and Laura A. Michaelis (eds.), Mismatch: form-function incongruity and the architecture of grammar, 1–30. Stanford: CSLI. Frank, Mark G., and Thomas Gilovich. 1988. The dark side of self- and social perception: black uniforms and aggression in professional sports. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 54(1), 74–85. Frayman, Bruce J., and William L. Dawson. 1981. The effect of object shape and mode of presentation of judgments of apparent volume. Perception and Psychophysics 29(1), 56–62. Freeman, Margaret H. 2002. The body in the word: a cognitive approach to the shape of a poetic text. Elena Semino and Jonathan Culpeper (eds.). Cognitive stylistics: language and cognition in text analysis, 23–47. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


731

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2009. Minding: feeling, form, and meaning in the creation of poetic iconicity. In Geert Broˆne and Jeroen Vandaele (eds.). 2009. Cognitive poetics: goals, gains, and gaps, 169–96. New York: de Gruyter. Freudenthal, Daniel, Julian M. Pine, Javier Aguado-Orea, and Fernand Gobet. 2007. Modelling the developmental pattern of finiteness marking in English, Dutch, German and Spanish using MOSAIC. Cognitive Science 31(2), 311–41. ¨ stman. 2005. Construction grammar and Fried, Mirjam, and Jan-Ola O spoken language: the case of pragmatic particles. Journal of Pragmatics 37(11), 1752–78. Fried, Mirjam. 2008. Constructions and constructs: mapping a shift between predication and attribution. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.). Constructions and language change, 47–79. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2013. Principles of constructional change. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 419–37. Oxford University Press. Friedrich, Paul, and Dale Pesmen. 2014. A conversation with Paul Friedrich. Annual Review of Anthropology 43, 15–26. Friedrich, Paul. 1969. On the Mmeaning of the Tarascan suffixes of space. IJAL Memoir 23, 5–48. Frishberg, Nancy. 1975. Arbitrariness and iconicity: historical change in American Sign Language. Language 51, 676–710. Frisson, Steven, and Martin Pickering. 1999. The processing of metonymy: evidence from eye movements. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 25, 1366–83. Frith, Uta. 1998. Editorial: literally changing the brain. Brain 121, 1051–52. Frost, Douglas O., and Christine Metin. 1985. Induction of function retinal projections to the somatosensory system. Nature 317, 162–64. Fuchs, Thomas. 2012. The phenomenology of body memory. Body Memory, Metaphor and Movement 84, 9–22. Fuhrman, Orly, and Lera Boroditsky. 2010. Cross-cultural differences in mental representations of time: evidence from an implicit nonlinguistic task. Cognitive Science 34(8), 1430–51. Fujii, Akiko. 2008. Meaning construction in humorous discourse: context and incongruities in conceptual blending. In Andrea E. Tyler, Mari Takada, Yiyoung Kim, and Diana Marinova (eds.), Language in the context of use: discourse and cognitive approaches to language, 183–98. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Fujii, Seiko. 2004. Lexically (un)filled constructional schemes and construction types: the case of Japanese modal conditional construc¨ stman (eds.), Construction tions. In Mirjam Fried and Jan-Ola O grammar in a cross-language perspective, 121–56. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

731


732

732

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Fusaroli, Riccardo, and Kristian Tyleń. 2015. Investigating conversational dynamics: interactive alignment, interpersonal synergy, and collective task performance. Cognitive Science 40(1), 1–27. Fusaroli, Riccardo, Bahador Bahrami, Karsten Olsen, Andreas Roepstorff, Geraint Rees, Chris Frith, and Kristian Tyleń. 2012. Coming to terms: quantifying the benefits of linguistic coordination. Psychological Science 23, 931–39. Fusaroli, Riccardo, Ivana Konvalinka, and Sebastian Wallot. 2014. Analyzing social interactions: the promises and challenges of using cross recurrence quantification analysis. Springer Proceedings in Mathematics and Statistics 103, 137–55. Gaby, Alice. 2012. The Thaayorre think of time like they talk of space. Frontiers in Psychology 3, 300. In press. A Grammar of Kuuk Thaayorre. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Galbraith, Mary. 1995. Deictic shift theory and the poetics of involvement in narrative. In Judith F. Duchan, Gail A. Bruder, and Lynne E. Hewitt (eds.), Deixis in narrative: a cognitive science perspective, 19–59. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum. Gallagher, Shaun. 2005. How the body shapes the mind. Oxford University Press. Gallagher, Shaun, and David Zahavi. 2008. The phenomenological mind: an introduction to philosophy of mind and cognitive science. London: Routledge. Gallese, Vittorio, and Corrado Sinigaglia. 2011. What is so special about embodied simulation? Trends in Cognitive Sciences 15, 512–19. Gallese, Vittorio, and George Lakoff. 2005. The brain’s concepts: the role of sensory-motor system in conceptual knowledge. Cognitive Neuropsychology 22, 455–79. Gallese, Vittorio. 2003. The manifold nature of interpersonal relations: The quest for a common mechanism. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, B 358, 517–28. Galton, Francis. 1879. Psychometric experiments. Brain 2: 149–62. ¨ Boya. 2009. The effect of Garber, Lawrence L. Jr., Eva M. Hyatt, and U¨nal O package shape on apparent volume: an exploratory study with implications for package design. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice 17(3), 215–34. Garber, Philip, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2002. Gesture offers insight into problem-solving in adults and children. Cognitive Science, 26, 817–831. Ga¨rdenfors, Peter. 2000. Conceptual spaces: the geometry of thought. Cambridge, MA; London: MIT Press. Gardner, Rod. 2001. When listeners talk. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Garrod, Simon, and Anthony Anderson. 1987. Saying what you mean in dialogue: a study in conceptual and semantic co-ordination. Cognition 27, 181–218. Gavins, Joanna, and Gerard Steen (eds.). 2003. Cognitive poetics in practice. London: Routledge.


733

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Geeraerts, Dirk, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.). 2010. The Oxford Handbook of Cognitive Linguistics. Oxford University Press. Geeraerts, Dirk, Stefan Grondelaers, and Peter Bakema. 1994. The structure of lexical variation. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Geeraerts, Dirk. 2003. ‘Usage-based’ implies ‘variational’: on the inevitability of cognitive sociolinguistics. Plenary lecture presented at the 8th International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. Logronõ. Geertz, Clifford. 1973. The interpretation of cultures: selected essays. New York: Basic Books. Gell, Alfred. 1992. The anthropology of time: cultural constructions of temporal maps and images. Oxford: Berg Publishers. Gemmell, Maggie. 2015. Semantic role alignment in metaphor: A frame semantic approach to metaphoric meaning. PhD dissertation. The University of Texas at Austin. Genette, Ge´rard. 1980. Narrative discourse: an essay in method. Oxford: Blackwell. 1988. Narrative discourse revisited. Ithaca: Cornell University Press. Gentner, Dedre, and Brian Bowdle. 2001. Convention, form, and figurative language processing. Metaphor and Symbol 16(3/4), 223–47. 2008. Metaphor as structure-mapping. In R. W. Gibbs (ed.), The Cambridge handbook of metaphor and thought, 109–28. Cambridge University Press. Gentner, Dedre, Brian Bowdle, Philip Wolff, and Consuelo Boronat. 2001. Metaphor is like analogy. In Dedre Gentner, Keith J. Holyoak, and Boicho N. Kokinov (eds.), The analogical mind: perspectives from cognitive science 199–253. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Gentner, Dedre. 1983. Structure-mapping: a theoretical framework for analogy. Cognitive Science 7(2), 155–70. Gertner, Yael, Cynthia Fisher and Julie Eisengart, J. 2006. Learning words and rules; abstract knowledge of word order in early sentence comprehension. Psychological Science 17(8), 684–91. Gevers, Wim, Bert Reynvoet, and Wim Fias. 2003. The mental representation of ordinal sequences is spatially organized. Cognition 87(3), 87–95. Gibbs, Raymond W. Jr. 1990. Psycholinguistic studies on the conceptual basis of idiomaticity. Cognitive Linguistics 1, 417–52. 1994. The poetics of mind: figurative thought, language and understanding. Cambridge University Press. 1996. What’s cognitive about cognitive linguistics? In Eugene H. Casad (ed.), Cognitive linguistics in the redwoods: the expansion of a new paradigm in linguistics, 27–53. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2005a. Embodiment and cognitive science. Cambridge University Press. 2005b. The psychological status of image schemas. In B. Hampe (ed.), From perception to meaning: image schemas in cognitive linguistics, 113–36. Berlin: Mouton.

733


734

734

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2006. Introspection and cognitive linguistics: should we trust our own intuitions? Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 4, 135–51. 2007. Why cognitive linguists should care more about empirical methods. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 2–18. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Walking the walk while thinking about the talk: embodied interpretation of metaphorical narratives. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 42, 363–78. 2014. Embodied metaphor. In J. Littlemore and J. R. Taylor (eds.), The Bloomsbury companion to cognitive linguistics, 167–84. London: Bloomsbury. 2016b. Metaphor wars: conceptual metaphor in human life. New York: Cambridge University Press. 2016a. Metaphor, language and dynamical systems. In Elena Semino and Zsofia Demjeń (eds.), The Routledge handbook of metaphor and language, 56–70. London: Routledge. Gibbs, Raymond W. Jr., and N. Blackwell. 2012. Climbing the stairs to literary heaven: a case study of allegorical interpretation of fiction. Scientific Study of Literature 2, 197–217. Gibbs, Raymond W. Jr., and Herbert Colston. 1995. The cognitive psychological reality of image schemas and their transformations. Cognitive Linguistics 6, 347–78. 2012. Interpreting figurative meaning. New York: Cambridge University Press. Gibbs, Raymond W. Jr., and Teenie Matlock. 2001. Psycholinguistic perspectives on polysemy. In Hubert Cuyckens and Britta Zawada (eds.), Polysemy in cognitive linguistics, 213–39. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 2008. Metaphor, imagination, and simulation: psycholinguistic evidence. In Raymond. W. Gibbs (ed.), Cambridge handbook of metaphor and thought, 161–76. New York: Cambridge University Press. Gibbs, Raymond. W. Jr., and Solange Nascimento. 1996. How we talk about love: metaphorical concepts and understanding love poetry. In Roger Kreuz and Mary Sue MacNealy (eds.), Empirical approaches to literature and aesthetics, 291–308. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Gibson, James J. 1979. The ecological approach to visual perception. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. Gigerenzer, Gerd, Ralph Hertwig, and Thorsten Pachur, eds. 2011. Heuristics: the foundations of adaptive behavior. New York: Oxford University Press. Gijssels, Tom, Roberto Bottini, Shirley-Ann Rueschemeyer, and Daniel Casasanto. 2013. Space and time in the parietal cortex: fMRI evidence for a neural asymmetry. In Markus Knauff, Michael Pauen, Natalie Sebanz, and Ipke Wachsmuth (eds.), Proceedings of the 35th Annual


735

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 495–500. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. Giles, Howard, Nikolas Coupland, and Justine Coupland. 1991. Accommodation theory: communication, context, and consequence. In Howard Giles, Justine Coupland, and Nikolas Coupland (eds.), Contexts of accommodation, 1–68. Cambridge University Press. Gilquin, Gae¨tanelle. 2006. The verb slot in causative constructions: finding the best fit. Constructions SV 1–3/2006. Ginzburg, Jonathan, and Ivan A. Sag. 2000. Interrogative investigations: the form, meaning and use of English interrogatives. Stanford: CSLI Publications. Gipper, Sonja. 2011. Evidentiality and intersubjectivity in Yurakare´: an interactional account. PhD dissertation. Radboud University and Max Planck Institute Nijmegen. Givoń, Talmy. 1979. From discourse to syntax: grammar as a processing strategy. In Talmy Givoń (ed.), Discourse and syntax, 81–112. New York: Academic Press. 1985. Iconicity, isomorphism and non-arbitrary coding in syntax. In J. Haiman (ed.), Iconicity in syntax, 187–220. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. 2005. Context as other minds: the pragmatics of sociality, cognition and communication. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Glenberg, Arthur M. 1997. What memory is for: Creating meaning in the service of action. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 20(01), 41–50. 2015. Few believe the world is flat: how embodiment is changing the scientific understanding of cognition. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology/Revue canadienne de psychologie expe´rimentale 69(2), 165. Glenberg, Arthur M., and Michael P. Kaschak. 2002. Grounding language in action. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review 9, 558–65. Glenberg, Arthur M., and Vittorio Gallese. 2012. Action-based language: a theory of language acquisition, comprehension and production. Cortex 48(7), 905–22. Glynn, Dylan, and Kerstin Fischer (eds.). 2010. Quantitative methods in cognitive semantics: corpus-driven approaches. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Glynn, Dylan and Justyna Robinson (eds.). 2014. Corpus methods for semantics: quantitative studies in polysemy and synonymy. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins. Glynn, Dylan. 2010a. Corpus-driven cognitive semantics: introduction to the field. In Dylan Glynn and Kerstin Fischer (eds.), Quantitative methods in cognitive semantics: corpus-driven approaches, 1–42. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010b. Testing the hypothesis: objectivity and verification in usagebased Cognitive Semantics. In Dylan Glynn and Kerstin Fischer

735


736

736

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

(eds.), Quantitative methods in cognitive semantics: corpus-driven approaches, 239–629. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2014a. Polysemy and synonymy: cognitive theory and corpus method. In Dylan Glynn and Justyna A. Robinson (eds.), Corpus methods for semantics: quantitative studies in polysemy and synonymy, 7–38. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2014b. The many uses of run: corpus methods and socio-cognitive semantics. In Dylan Glynn and Justyna Robinson (eds.), Corpus methods for semantics: quantitative studies in polysemy and synonymy, 117–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2015. Semasiology and onomasiology. In Jocelyne Daems, Eline Zenner, Kris Heylen, Dirk Speelman, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds), Change of paradigms – new paradoxes, 47–79. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Goatly, Andrew. 1997. The language of metaphors: literal metaphorical. London: Routledge. Goddard, Cliff, and Anna Wierzbicka. 2014. Words and meanings. Oxford University Press. Goddard, Cliff. 1998. Semantic analysis: a practical introduction. Oxford University Press. Goffman, Erving. 1974. Frame analysis: an essay on the organization of experience. New York: Harper and Row. Gogate, Lakshmi J., Laura H. Bolzani, and Eugene A. Betancourt. 2006. Attention to maternal multimodal naming by 6- to 8-month-old infants and learning of word-object relations. Infancy 9, 259–88. Goldberg, Adele E. 1995. Construction grammar: a construction grammar approach to argument structure. Chicago: The University Of Chicago Press. 2002. Surface generalizations: an alternative to alternations. Cognitive Linguistics 13, 327–56. 2003. Constructions: a new theoretical approach to language. Trends in cognitive sciences 7(5), 219–24. 2006. Constructions at work: the nature of generalization in language. Oxford University Press. 2011. Corpus evidence of the viability of statistical preemption. Cognitive Linguistics 22, 131–53. 2013. Constructionist approaches. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 15–31. Oxford University Press. 2016. Subtle implicit language facts emerge from the functions of constructions. Frontiers in Psychology, n. pag. Goldberg, Adele E., and Devin Casenhiser. 2006. English constructions. In Bas Aarts and April McMahon (eds.), The handbook of English linguistics, 343–55. Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell. Goldberg, Adele E., and Ray Jackendoff. 2004. The English resultative as a family of constructions. Language 80, 532–68.


737

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2014. How gesture helps children learn language. In I. Arnon, M. Tice, C. Kurumada, and B. Estigarribia (eds.), Language in interaction: studies in honor of Eve V. Clark, 157–71. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Goldin-Meadow, Susan, Aaron Shield, Daniel Lenzen, Melissa Herzig, and Carol Padden. 2012. The gestures ASL signers use tell us when they are ready to learn math. Cognition 123, 448–53. Goldin-Meadow, Susan, and Diane Brentari. In press. Gesture, sign and language: the coming of age of sign language and gesture studies. Behavioral and Brain Sciences. Goldin-Meadow, Susan, and Martha W. Alibali. 2013. Gesture’s role in speaking, learning, and creating language. Annual Review of Psychology 64, 257–83. Goldin-Meadow, Susan, Howard C. Nusbaum, Spencer D. Kelly, and Susan Wagner. 2001. Explaining math: Gesturing lightens the load. Psychological Science 12, 516–22. Goldin-Meadow, Susan, Susan Wagner Cook, and Zachary A. Mitchell. 2009. Gesturing gives children new ideas about math. Psychological Science 20(3), 267–72. Goldin-Meadow, Susan. 2003. Hearing gesture: how our hands help us think. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Goldsmith, John. 1976. Autosegmental Phonology. PhD dissertation. MIT. Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club. Go´mez, Rebecca L. 2002. Variability and detection of invariant structure. Psychological Science 13, 431–36. Gonzalez, J., A. Barros-Loscertales, F. Pulvermu¨ller, V. Meseguer, A. Sanjuan, V. Belloch, and C. Avila. 2006. Reading cinnamon activates olfactory brain regions. NeuroImage 32, 906–12. Gonzalez-Marquez, Monica, Raymond B. Becker, and James E. Cutting. 2007. An introduction to experimental methods for language researchers. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 53–86. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Gonza´lvez-Garcıá, Francisco. 2010. Contrasting constructions in English and Spanish: the influence of semantic, pragmatic and discourse factors. In Hans C. Boas (ed.), Contrastive studies in construction grammar, 43–86. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Goodglass, Harold. 1976. Agrammatism. Studies in Neurolinguistics 1, 237–60. Goodwin, Charles. 1995. The negotiation of coherence within conversation. In Morton Ann Gernsbacher and T. Givoń (eds.), Coherence in spontaneous text, 117–37. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2007. Environmentally coupled gestures. In S. Duncan, J. Cassell, and E. Levy (eds.), Gesture and the dynamic dimensions of language, 195–212. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

737


738

738

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Goossens, Louis. 1990. Metaphtonymy: the interaction of metaphor and metonymy in expressions for linguistic action. Cognitive Linguistics 1, 323–42. 2003. Metaphtonymy: the interaction of metaphor and metonymy in expressions for linguistic action. In Rene´ Dirven and Ralf Po¨rings (eds.), Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast, 349–78. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Gossen, Gary H. 1974. Chamulas in the world of the sun: time and space in a Maya oral tradition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Goswami, Usha. 2012. Entraining the brain: applications to language research and links to musical entrainment. Empirical Musicology Review 7(1–2), 57–63. Goswami, Usha, and Victoria Leong. 2013. Speech rhythm and temporal structure: converging perspectives? Laboratory Phonology 4(1), 67–92. Gradecˇak-Erdeljic´, Tania. 2004. Euphemisms in the language of politics or how metonymy opens one door but closes the other. In P. Cap (ed.), Pragmatics today, 287–99. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Grady, Joseph E. 1997a. Foundations of meaning: primary metaphors and primary scenes. PhD dissertation. University of California, Berkeley. 1997b. THEORIES ARE BUILDINGS revisited. Cognitive Linguistics 8, 267–90. 2005. Primary metaphors as inputs to conceptual integration. Journal of Pragmatics 37(10), 1595–14. Grady, Joseph E., and Christopher Johnson. 2002. Converging evidence for the notions of subscene and primary scene. In Rene´ Dirven and Ralf Po¨rings (eds.), Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast, 533–54. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Grady, Joseph E., Todd Oakley, and Seana Coulson. 1999. Conceptual blending and metaphor. In Raymond Gibbs (ed.), Metaphor in cognitive linguistics, 101–24. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Graff, David, and Christopher Cieri. 2003. English Gigaword LDC2003T05. Philadelphia: Linguistic Data Consortium. Gralla, Linn. 2013. Linguistic representation of problem solving processes in unaided object assembly. PhD dissertation. University of Bremen, Germany. Green, Jennifer. 2014. Drawn from the ground: sound, sign and inscription in Central Australian sand stories. Cambridge University Press. Greenberg, Joseph H. 1966. Language universals: with special reference to feature hierarchies. The Hague: Mouton. Gregory, Stanford W., and Brian R. Hoyt. 1982. Conversation partner mutual adaptation as demonstrated by Fourier series analysis. Journal of Psychological Research 11, 35–46. Gregory, Stanford W., and Stephen Webster. 1996. A nonverbal signal in voices of interview partners effectively predicts communication


739

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

accommodation and social status perceptions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 70, 1231–40. Gries, Stefan Th. 1999. Particle movement: a cognitive and functional approach. Cognitive Linguistics 10, 105–45. 2000. Towards multifactorial analyses of syntactic variation: The case of Particle Placement. PhD dissertation, University of Hamburg. 2003a. Multifactorial analysis in corpus linguistics: a study of Particle Placement. London: Continuum. 2003b. Towards a corpus-based identification of prototypical instances of constructions. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 1, 1–27. 2005. Syntactic priming: a corpus-based approach. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 34, 365–99. 2006. Corpus-based methods and cognitive semantics: the many senses of to run. In S. Th. Gries and A. Stefanowitsch (eds.), Corpora in cognitive linguistics: corpus-based approaches to syntax and lexis, 57–99. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008. Dispersions and adjusted frequencies in corpora. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 13(4), 403–37. 2009a. Statistics for linguistics with R: a practical introduction, 1st edn. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2009b. What is corpus linguistics? Language and Linguistics Compass 3, 1–17. 2010a. Dispersions and adjusted frequencies in corpora: further explorations. In Stefan Th. Gries, Stefanie Wulff, and Mark Davies (eds.), Corpus linguistic applications: current studies, new directions, 197–212. Amsterdam: Rodopi. 2010b. Behavioral profiles: a fine-grained and quantitative approach in corpus-based lexical semantics. The Mental Lexicon 5(3), 323–46. 2011. Phonological similarity in multi-word units. Cognitive Linguistics 22, 491–510. 2012. Frequencies, probabilities, association measures in usage-/exemplar-based linguistics: some necessary clarifications. Studies in Language 36(3), 477–510. 2013a. 50-something years of work on collocations: what is or should be next . . . International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 18(1), 137–65. 2013b. Sources of variability relevant to the cognitive sociolinguist, and corpus – as well as psycholinguistic methods and notions to handle them. Journal of Pragmatics 52, 5–16. 2013c. Statistics for linguistics with R: a practical introduction, 2nd edn. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2014a. Corpus and quantitative methods. In J. Littlemore and J. R. Taylor (eds.), The Bloomsbury companion to cognitive linguistics, 279–300. London: Bloomsbury. 2014b. Frequencies, probabilities, and association measures in usage-/ exemplar–based linguistics: some necessary clarifications.

739


740

740

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

In Nikolas Gisborne and Willem B. Hollmann (eds.), Theory and data in cognitive linguistics, 15–49. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2015a. More (old and new) misunderstandings of collostructional analysis: on Schmid and Ku¨chenhoff 2013. Cognitive Linguistics 26(3), 505–36. 2015b. The role of quantitative methods in Cognitive Linguistics: corpus and experimental data on (relative) frequency and contingency of words and constructions. In Jocelyne Daems, Eline Zenner, Kris Heylen, Dirk Speelman, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), Change of paradigms – new paradoxes: recontextualizing language and linguistics, 311–25. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Gries, Stefan Th. and Sandra C. Deshors. 2014. Using regressions to explore deviations between corpus data and a standard/target: two suggestions. Corpora 9(1), 109–36. Gries, Stefan Th., and Nick C. Ellis. 2015. Statistical measures for usage-based linguistics. Language Learning 65 (Supplement 1), 1–28. Gries, Stefan Th., and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.). 2012. Frequency effects in language learning and processing. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Gries, Stefan Th., and Anatol Stefanowitsch (eds.). 2006. Corpora in cognitive linguistics: corpus-based approaches to syntax and lexis. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Gries, Stefan Th., Beate Hampe, and Doris Scho¨nefeld. 2005. Converging evidence: bringing together experimental and corpus data on the association of verbs and constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 16(4), 635–76. 2010. Converging evidence II: more on the association of verbs and constructions. In Sally Rice and John Newman (eds.), Empirical and experimental methods in cognitive/functional research,59–72. Stanford: CSLI. Gries, Stefan Th., and Martin Hilpert. 2008. The identification of stages in diachronic data: variability-based Neighbour Clustering. Corpora 3(1), 59–81. 2010. Modeling diachronic change in the third person singular: a multifactorial, verb- and author-specific exploratory approach. English Language and Linguistics 14(3), 293–320. Gries, Stefan Th., and Anatol Stefanowitsch. 2004a. Extending collostructional analysis: a corpus-based perspectives on ‘alternations.’ International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 9(1), 97–129. 2004b. Co-varying collexemes in the into-causative. In Michel Achard and Suzanne Kemmer (eds.), Language, culture and mind, 225–36. Stanford: CSLI. 2010. Cluster analysis and the identification of collexeme classes. In John Newman and Sally Rice (eds.), Empirical and experimental methods in cognitive/functional research, 73–90. Stanford: CSLI.


741

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Gries, Stefan Th., and Stefanie Wulff. 2005. Do foreign language learners also have constructions? Evidence from priming, sorting and corpora. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 3, 182–200. 2009. Psycholinguistic and corpus-linguistic evidence for L2 constructions. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 7(1), 163–86. Grodzinsky, Y. 2000. The neurology of syntax: language use without Broca’s area. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 23(01), 1–21. Grondelaers, Stefan, Dirk Speelman, and Dirk Geeraerts. 2007. A case for a cognitive corpus linguistics. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 149–69. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2008. National variation in the use of er ‘there’: regional and diachronic constraints on cognitive explanations. In Gitte Kristiansen and Rene´ Dirven (eds.), Cognitive sociolinguistics: language variation, cultural models, social systems, 153–203. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Grondelaers, Stefan. 2000. De distributie van niet anaforisch er buiten de eerste zinplaats: sociolexicologische, functionele en psycholinguı¨stische aspected van er’s status als presentatief signaal. PhD dissertation. Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. Gu¨hlich, Elisabeth. 1970. Makrosyntax der Gliederungssignale im gesprochenen Franzo¨sisch. Mu¨nchen: Fink. Guilbeault, Douglas. MS. Multimodal viewpoint in political rhetoric. Submitted to Cognitive Linguistics. Gu¨ldeman, Tom, and Manfred von Roncador (eds.). 2002. Reported discourse: a meeting ground for different linguistic domains. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Gullberg, Marianne, and Bhuvana Narasimhan. 2010. What gestures reveal about how semantic distinctions develop in Dutch children’s placement verbs. Cognitive Linguistics 21(2), 239–62. Gumperz, John J., and Stephen C. Levinson (eds.). 1996. Rethinking linguistic relativity. Cambridge University Press. 1991. Rethinking linguistic relativity. Current Anthropology 32, 613–23. Gumperz, John, and Dell Hymes (eds.). 1972. Directions in sociolinguistics: the ethnography of communication. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Gumperz, John. 1962. Types of linguistic communities. Anthropological Linguistics 4, 28–40. 1964. Linguistic and social interaction in two communities. American Anthropologist 66, 137–53. Gu¨nter, Franziska. 2014. Form, meaning and cognition: language- and speaker-specific variation in linguistic and non-linguistic forms of interaction with spatial scenes. PhD dissertation. LudwigMaximilians University. Gu¨nthner, Susanne, and Jo¨rg Bu¨cker. 2009. Grammatik im Gespra¨ch: Konstruktionen der Selbst- und Fremd-positionierung. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

741


742

742

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Gu¨nthner, Susanne, and Wolfgang Imo (eds.). 2006. Konstruktionen in der Interaktion. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Gussenhoven, Carlos, and Haike Jacobs. 2005. Understanding phonology: understanding language series. London: Hoddor Arnold. Guy, Gregory R. 2013. The cognitive coherence of sociolects: how do speakers handle multiple sociolinguistic variables? Journal of Pragmatics 52, 63–71. Habel, Christopher, Michael Herweg, and Simone Pribbenow. 1993. Wissen u¨ber Raum und Zeit [Knowledge about space and time]. In Gu¨nther Go¨rz (ed.), Einfu¨hrung in die ku¨nstliche Intelligenz, 139–204. Bonn: Addison-Wesley. Haddington, Pentti. 2007. Positioning and alignment as activities of stancetaking in news interviews. In Robert Englebretson (ed). Stancetaking in discourse: subjectivity, evaluation, interaction, 283–317. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Haigh, M., A. J. Stewart, J. S. Wood, and L. Connell 2011. Conditional advice and inducements: are readers sensitive to implicit speech acts during comprehension? Acta Psychologica 136(3), 419–24. Haiman, John. 1978. Conditionals are topics. Language 54(3), 564–89. 1980. Dictionaries and encyclopedias. Lingua 50, 329–57. 1983. Iconic and economic motivation. Language 59(4), 781–819. 1985a. Iconicity in syntax. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1985b. Natural syntax. Cambridge University Press. 1998. Talk is cheap: Sarcasm, alienation, and the evolution of language. Oxford University Press. Hakulinen, Auli, and Margret Selting (eds.). 2005. Syntax and lexis in conversation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Halle, Morris. 1962. Phonology in generative grammar. Word 18, 54–72. 1964. On the bases of phonology. In J. A. Fodor and J. Katz (eds.), The structure of language, 324–33. New York: Prentice Hall. Halliday, Michael A. K., and Christian M. I. M. Matthiessen. 2014. Halliday’s Introduction to Functional Grammar, 4th edn. London: Routledge. 2004. An introduction to functional grammar, 3rd ed. London: Hodder Arnold. Hampe, Beate (ed.). 2005. From perception to meaning: image schemas in cognitive linguistics. Berlin: Mouton. Handl, Sandra, and Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid (eds.) 2011. Windows to the mind: metaphor, metonymy and conceptual blending. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Handl, Sandra. 2011. The conventionality of figurative language: a usage-based study. Tubingen: Narr Verlag. Hanks, William F. 1992. The indexical ground of deictic reference. In Alessandro Duranti and Charles Goodwin (eds.), Rethinking context: language as an interactive phenomenon, 46–76. Cambridge University Press.


743

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Harder, Peter. 1996. Functional semantics: a theory of meaning, structure and tense in English. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010. Meaning in mind and society: a functional contribution to the social turn in cognitive linguistics. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Harris, Zellig S. 1970. Papers in structural and transformational linguistics. Dordrecht: Reidel. Hartmann, Matthias, Corinna S. Martarelli, Fred W. Mast, and Kurt Stocker. 2014. Eye movements during mental time travel follow a diagonal line. Consciousness and Cognition 30, 201–09. Hasegawa, Yoko, Russell Lee-Goldman, Kyoko Hirose Ohara, Seiko Fuji, and Charles J. Fillmore. 2010. On expressing measurement and comparison in English and Japanese. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Contrastive studies in construction grammar, 169–200. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Haser, Verena. 2003. Metaphor in semantic change. In Antonio Barcelona (ed). Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads, 171–94. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Haspelmath, Martin, and Andrea D. Sims. 2010. Understanding morphology, 2nd edn. London: Routledge. Haspelmath, Martin. 1997. From space to time: temporal adverbials in the world’s languages. Mu¨nchen: Lincom. 2005. Iconicity versus frequency in explaining grammatical asymmetries. Handout for a presentation at Jena University 13 April. www .staff.eva.mpg.de/~haspelmt/Jena05.pdf. 2006. Explaining alienability contrasts in adnominal possession: economy vs. iconicity. Paper presented at the 2nd Conference on the Syntax of the World’s Languages. Lancaster University. 2008. Parametric versus functional explanation of syntactic universals. In Theresa Biberauer (ed.), The limits of syntactic variation, 75–107. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Hasson, U., J. Chen, and C. J. Honey. 2015. Hierarchical process memory: memory as an integral component of information processing.Trends in cognitive sciences 19(6), 304–13. Hauser, Marc D., Noam Chomsky, and W. Tecumseh Fitch. 2002. The faculty of language: what is it, who has it, and how did it evolve. Science 298, 1569–79. Haviland, John B. 1993. Anchoring, iconicity, and orientation in Guugu Yimithirr pointing gestures. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology 3(1), 3–45. Hay, Jennifer B., and R. Harald Baayen. 2003. Phonotactics, parsing and productivity. Italian Journal of Linguistics 1, 99–130. 2005. Shifting paradigms: gradient structure in morphology. Trends in Cognitive Science 9(7), 342–48. Hay, Jennifer, Paul Warren, and Katie Drager. 2006. Factors influencing speech perception in the context of a merger-in-progress. Journal of Phonetics 34, 458–84.

743


744

744

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Hay, Jessica F., and Jenny R. Saffran. 2012. Rhythmic grouping biases constrain infant statistical learning. Infancy 17(6), 610–41. Hay, Jessica. S., and R. L. Diehl. 2007. Perception of rhythmic grouping: testing the iambic/trochaic law. Perception and Psychophysics 69(1), 113–22. Hayashi, Makoto, Geoffrey Raymond, and Jack Sidnell (eds.). 2013. Conversational repair and human understanding. Cambridge University Press. Hayes, Andrew F., and Klaus Krippendorff. 2007. Answering the call for a standard reliability measure for coding data. Communication Methods and Measures 1, 77–89. Hayes, Bruce. 1995. Metrical stress theory. University of Chicago Press. 2009. Introductory phonology. Blackwell textbooks in linguistics. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell. Hearst, Marti. 1992. Automatic acquisition of hyponyms from large text corpora. Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics, 539–45. Nantes. Heid, Ulrich. 1996. Creating a multilingual data collection for bilingual lexicography from parallel monolingual lexicons. In Proceedings of the VIIth EURALEX International Congress, Gothenburg, 559–73. Heim, Irene, and Aangelika Kratzer. 1998. Semantics in generative grammar. Oxford: Blackwell. Hein, G., and R. T. Knight. 2008. Superior temporal sulcus – it’s my area: or is it? Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 20, 2125–36. Heina¨ma¨ki, Orvokki. 1974. Semantics of English temporal connectives. PhD dissertation. University of Texas, Austin. Heine, Bernd, and Tania Kuteva. 2002. World lexicon of grammaticalization. Cambridge University Press. Heine, Bernd, Ulrike Claudi, and Friederike Hu¨nnemeyer. 1991. Grammaticalization: a conceptual framework. University of Chicago Press. Heine, Bernd. 1995. Conceptual grammaticalization and prediction. In John Taylor and Robert MacLaury (eds.) Language and the cognitive construal of the world, 119–35. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 1997. Cognitive foundations of grammar. Oxford University Press. Herbst, Thomas. 2011. The status of generalizations: valency and argument structure constructions. In T. Herbst and A. Stefanowitsch (eds.), Argument structure: valency and/or construction? Special issue of Zeitschrift fu¨r Anglistik und Amerikanistik 59(4), 347–67. 2014. The valency approach to argument structure constructions. In Thomas Herbst, Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid, and Susen Faulhaber (eds.), Constructions – collocations – patterns. Berlin: de Gruyter Mouton. Heritage, John. 1984. A change-of-state token and aspects of its sequential placement. In J. Atkinson and J. Heritage (eds.), Structures of social action: studies in conversation analysis. Cambridge University Press, 299–345. 1998. Oh-prefaced responses to inquiry. Language in Society 29, 291–334.


745

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2002. Oh-prefaced responses to assessments: a method of modifying agreement/disagreement. In C. Ford, B. Fox., and S. Thompson (eds.), The language of turn and sequence, 196–224. New York: Oxford University Press. Herman David (ed.). 2003. Narrative theory and the cognitive sciences. Stanford: CSLI . 2009. Beyond voice and vision: Cognitive Grammar and focalization theory. In Peter Hu¨hn, John Pier, Wolf Schmid, and Jo¨rg Scho¨nert (eds.), Handbook of narratology, 119–42. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 2013. Storytelling and the sciences of the mind. Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Herrmann, Esther, Josep Call, Marıá Victoria Hernańdez-Lloreda, Brian Hare, and Michael Tomasello. 2007. Humans have evolved specialized ekills ofsocial cognition: the cultural intelligence hypothesis. Science 317, 1360–66. Herweg, Michael. 1991. Temporale Konjunktionen und Aspekt. Der sprachliche Ausdruck von Zeitrelationen zwischen Situationen. Kognitionswissenschaft 2, 51–90. Hickok, G. 2009. Eight problems for the mirror neuron theory of action understanding in monkeys and humans. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 7, 1229–43. Hickok, Gregory, and David Poeppel. 2004. Dorsal and ventral streams: a framework for understanding aspects of the functional anatomy of language. Cognition 92(1), 67–99. 2007 The cortical organization of speech processing. Nature Reviews Neuroscience 8, 393–402. Hickok, Gregory, Ursula Bellugi, and Edward S. Klima. 1998. The neural organization of language: evidence from sign language aphasia. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 2(4), 129–36. Hilpert, Martin. 2006a. Keeping an eye on the data: metonymies and their patterns. In Anatol Stefanowitsch and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpusbased approaches to metaphor and metonymy, 123–51. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2006b. Distinctive collexeme analysis and diachrony. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 2(2), 243–57. 2007. Chained metonymies in lexicon and grammar: a cross-linguistic perspective on body part terms. In Gu¨nther Radden, Klaus-Michael Ko¨pcke, Thomas Berg, and Peter Siemund (eds.), Aspects of meaning construction, 77–98. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2008. Germanic future constructions: a usage-based approach to language change. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 2009. The German mit-predicative construction. Constructions and Frames 1, 29–55. 2013a. Constructional change in English: developments in allomorphy, word formation, and syntax. Cambridge University Press.

745


746

746

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2013b. Corpus-based approaches to constructional change. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 458–77. Oxford University Press. 2014. Construction grammar and its application to English. Edinburgh University Press. Himmelmann, Nikolaus P. 2004. Lexicalization or grammaticalization: opposite or orthogonal? In Walter Bisang, Nikolaus P. Himmelmann, and Bjo¨rn Wiemer (eds.), What makes grammaticalization? A look from its fringes and its components, 21–42. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Hinzen, Wolfram, and Michiel van Lambalgen. 2008. Explaining intersubjectivity: a comment on Arie Verhagen, Constructions of Intersubjectivity. Cognitive Linguistics 19(1), 107–23. Hobson, Peter. 2004. The cradle of thought: exploring the origins of thinking. London: Pan Macmillan. Hock, Hans Heinrich. 1991. Principles of historical linguistics. Berlin: de Gruyter. Hockett, Charles. 1978. In search of Jove’s brow. American Speech 53, 243–313. 1982. The origin of speech. In William S.-Y. Wang (ed.), Human communication: language and its psychobiological bases, 5–12. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. Hoey, Michael. 2005. Lexical priming: a new theory of words and language. London: Routledge. 2015. Words and their neighbours. In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 141–53. Oxford University Press. Hoffmann, Thomas. 2011. Preposition placement in English: a usage-based approach. Cambridge University Press. 2013a. Abstract phrasal and clausal constructions. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 307–28. Oxford University Press. 2013b. Obtaining introspective acceptability judgements. In Manfred Krug and Julia Schlu¨ter (eds.), Research methods in language variation and change, 99–118. Cambridge University Press. 2014. The cognitive evolution of Englishes: the role of constructions in the dynamic model. In Sarah Buschfeld, Thomas Hoffmann, Magnus Huber, and Alexander Kautzsch (eds.), The evolution of Englishes: the dynamic model and beyond, varieties of English around the world G49, 160–80. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Hoffmann, Thomas, and Graeme Trousdale (eds.). 2013. The Oxford handbook of construction grammar. Oxford University Press. 2011. Variation, change and constructions in English. Cognitive Linguistics 22(1), 1–24. Hoftstadter, Douglas. 2013. Surfaces and essences: analogy as the fuel and fire of thinking. New York: Basic Books.


747

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Holleman, Bregje C., and Henk L. W. Pander Maat. 2009. The pragmatics of profiling: framing effects in text interpretation and text production. Journal of Pragmatics 41(11), 2204–21. Hollmann, Willem, and Anna Siewierska. 2006. Corpora and (the need for) other methods in a study of Lancashire dialect. Zeitschrift fu¨r Anglistik and Amerikanistik 54, 203–16. 2007. A construction grammar account of possessive constructions in Lancashire dialect: some advantages and challenges. English Language and Linguistics 11: 407–24. 2011. The status of frequency, schemas and identity in cognitive sociolinguistics: a case study on definite article reduction. Cognitive Linguistics 22, 25–54. Hollmann, Willem. 2013. Constructions in cognitive sociolinguistics. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 491–509. Oxford University Press. Holme, Randal. 2009. Cognitive linguistics and language teaching. New York: Palgrave MacMillan. Ho¨lscher, Christoph, Thora Tenbrink, and Jan Wiener. 2011. Would you follow your own route description? Cognition 121 228–47. Hong, Jisup. 2016. Automatic metaphor detection using constructions and frames. Berkeley: International Computer Science Institute. Hopper, Paul J. 1998. Emergent grammar. In Michael Tomasello (ed.), The new psychology of language: cognitive and functional approaches to language structure, 155–75. Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum. 2004. The openness of grammatical constructions. Papers from the 40th Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society 40, 239–56. Hopper, Paul J., and Elizabeth Closs Traugott. 2003. Grammaticalization. Cambridge University Press. Horn, Laurence. R. 2010. The expression of negation. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Hostetter, Autumn B. 2011. When do gestures communicate? A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin 137(2), 297–315. Hougaard, Anders, and Todd Oakley. 2008. Mental spaces approaches to discourse and interaction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Hougaard, Anders. 2005. Conceptual disintegration and blending in interactional sequences. Journal of Pragmatics 37(10), 1653–85. Howes, Christine, Patrick G. T. Healey, and Matthew Purver. 2010. Tracking lexical and syntactic alignment in conversation. Proceedings of the Twentyfifth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 2004–09. Huang, Ping-Yu, David Wible, and Hwa-Wei Ko. 2012. Frequency effects and transitional probabilities in L1 and L2 speakers’ procedding of multiword expressions. In Gries, Stefan Th. and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.), Frequency effects in language learning and processing, 145–75. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Huddleston, Rodney and Geoffrey K. Pullum. 2002. The Cambridge grammar of the English language. Cambridge University Press.

747


748

748

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Hudson, Richard A. 1990. English word grammar. Oxford: Blackwell. 1992. Review of Ronald W. Langacker, Concept, image, and symbol: the cognitive basis of grammar. Journal of Linguistics 28, 506–09. 1996. Sociolinguistics, 2nd edn. Cambridge University Press. 2007. Language networks: the new word grammar. Oxford University Press. 2010. An introduction to word grammar. Cambridge University Press. Huffman, K. J., Z. Molna´r, A. Van Dellen, D. M. Kahn, C. Blakemore, and L. Krubitzer. 1999. Formation of cortical fields on a reduced cortical sheet. The Journal of Neuroscience 19(22), 9939–52. Hu¨hn, Peter, John Pier, Wolf Schmid, and Jo¨rg Scho¨nert (eds.). 2009a. Handbook of narratology. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Hu¨hn, Peter, Wolf Schmid, and Jo¨rg Scho¨nert (eds.). 2009b. Point of view, perspective, and focalization: modeling mediation in narrative. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Hu¨ning, Matthias, and Geert Booij. 2014. From compounding to derivation: the emergence of derivational affixes through ‘constructionalization.’ Folia Linguistica 48, 579–604. Hunston, Susan, and Gill Francis. 2000. Pattern grammar: a corpus-driven approach to the lexical grammar of English. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Hurford, James R. 2007. The origins of meaning: language in the light of evolution. Oxford University Press. 2011. The origins of grammar: language in the light of evolution. Oxford University Press. Husserl, Edmund. 1936 [1970]. The crisis of European sciences and transcendental phenomenology. Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press. Hutchby, Ian, and Robin Wooffitt. 1998. Conversation analysis: principles, practices and applications. Cambridge: Polity Press. Hutchins, Edwin. 2003 [2005]. Material anchors for conceptual blends. Journal of Pragmatics 37(10), 1555–77. Hutto, Daniel. 2008. Folk psychological narratives: the socio-cultural basis of understanding reasons. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Huumo, Tuomas. 1999. Path settings, subjective motion, and the Finnish partitive subject. In Shin Ja J. Hwang and Arle L. Lommel (eds.), LACUS Forum XX , 363–74. Houston, Tx: The Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States. Ibbotson, Paul, Anna Theakston, Elena Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2012. Prototypes in the transitive construction. Cognitive Science 36, 1268–88. Ibbotson, Paul, Elena Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2013. The attention-grammar interface: eye-gaze cues structural choice in children and adults. Cognitive Linguistics 24(3), 457–81. Imo, Wolfgang. 2007. Construction Grammar und Gesprochene SpracheForschung. Tu¨bingen: Max Niemeyer. Inkelas, Sharon. 2014. The interplay of morphology and phonology. Oxford University Press.


749

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Irvine, Judith. 2001. Style as distinctiveness: the culture and ideology of linguistic differentiation. In Penelope Eckert and John Rickford (eds.), Stylistic variation in language, 21–43. Cambridge University Press. Itkonen, Esa 2003. What is language? A study in the philosophy of linguistics. Turku University Press. Iverson, Jana M., and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 1998. Why people gesture when they speak. Nature 396(6708), 228. Iwata, Seizi. 2005. Locative alternation and two levels of verb meaning. Cognitive Linguistics 16, 355–407. 2008. Locative alternation: a lexical-constructional approach. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Jackendoff, Ray. 2002. Foundations of language: brain, meaning, grammar, evolution. Oxford University Press. 2011. What is the human language faculty? Two views. Language 87, 586–624. 2013. Constructions in the parallel architecture. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 70–92. Oxford University Press. Jacobsen, Natalia D. 2012. Applying cognitive linguistics and tasksupported language teaching to instruction of English conditional phrases. PhD dissertation. Georgetown University. 2015. A cognitive linguistic (CL) analysis of English conditionals in English for Academic Purposes (EAP) instruction: implications from Sociocultural Theory (SCT). In Kyoko Masuda, Carlee Arnett, and Angela Labarca (eds.), Cognitive linguistics and sociocultural theory in second and foreign language teaching, 103–25. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Jakobson, Roman 1972. Motor signs for ‘yes’ and no.’ Language in Society 1(1), 91–96. Jakobson, Roman, and Morris Halle. 1956. Fundamentals of language. The Hague: Mouton. Janda, Laura A. (ed.). 2013a. Cognitive Linguistics: the quantitative turn. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2009. What is the role of semantic maps in cognitive linguistics? In Piotr Stalmaszczyk and Wiesław Oleksy (eds.), Cognitive approaches to language and linguistic data.: studies in honor of Barbara Lewandowska–Tomaszczyk, 105–24. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. 2013b. Quantitative methods in Cognitive Linguistics. In Laura A. Janda (ed.), Cognitive linguistics: the quantitative turn – the essential reader, 1–32. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Janda, Laura A., and Valery D. Solovyev. 2009. What constructional profiles reveal about synonymy: a case study of Russian words for S A D N E S S and H A P P I N E S S . Cognitive Linguistics 20, 367–93. Janda, Laura A., Tore Nesset, and R. Harald Baayen. 2010. Capturing correlational structure in Russian paradigms: a case study in

749


750

750

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

logistic mixed-effects modeling. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 6, 29–48. Janssen, Theo A. J. M. 2007. A speaker/hearer-based grammar: the case of possessives and compounds. In Mike Hannay and Gerard J. Steen (eds.), Structural-functional studies in English grammar, 353–87. Amsterdam: Benjamins. January, David, and Edward Kako. 2007. Re-evaluating evidence for linguistic relativity: reply to Boroditsky 2001. Cognition 104, 417–26. Janzen, Terry, and Barbara Shaffer. 2002. Gesture as the substrate in the process of ASL grammaticization. In Richard Meier, David Quinto, and Kearsy Cormier (eds.), Modality and structure in signed and spoken languages, 199–223. Cambridge University Press. Janzen, Terry. 1999. The grammaticization of topics in American Sign Language. Studies in Language 23(2), 271–306. 2004. Space rotation, perspective shift, and verb morphology in ASL. Cognitive Linguistics 15(2), 149–74. 2012a. Lexicalization and grammaticalization. In Martin Steinbach, Roland Pfau, and Bencie Woll (eds.), Handbook of sign languages, 816–40. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2012b. Two ways of conceptualizing space: motivating the use of static and rotated vantage point space in ASL discourse. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective, 156–74. Cambridge University Press. Jarque, Maria Josep, and Esther Pascual. 2015. Direct discourse expressing evidential values in Catalan Sign Language. Approaches to Evidentiality in Romance, special issue of eHumanista/IVITRA 8, 421–45. 2016. Mixed viewpoints in factual and fictive discourse in Catalan Sign Language narratives. In Barbara Dancygier, Lu Wei-lun, and Arie Verhagen (eds.), Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning: form and use of viewpoint tools across languages and modalities, 259–80. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Jarque, Maria Josep. 2016. What about? Fictive question-answer pairs for non-information-seeking functions across signed languages. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 171–92. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Jensen, Janni. 2016. ‘Crank your oven to 400 F’: a multimodal case study of recipes in cookbooks and food blogs. Master’s thesis, University of Southern Denmark. Jensen, Kim Ebensgaard. 2015. Review of Pu¨tz et al. (eds.), Cognitive sociolinguistics: social and cultural variation in cognition and language use 2014. LINGUIST List 26(1176), n. pag. Johansson Falck, Marlene, and Raymond W. Gibbs Jr. 2012. Embodied motivations for metaphorical meanings. Cognitive Linguistics 23(2), 251–72.


751

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Johnson, Christopher. 1997. Metaphor vs. conflation in the acquisition of polysemy: the case of SEE. In Masako K. Hiraga, Chris Sinha, and Sherman Wilcox (eds.), Cultural, typological and psychological issues in cognitive linguistics, 155–69. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Johnson, Edward D. 1991. The handbook of good English: revised and updated. New York: Facts on File. Johnson, Keith. 2008. Quantitative methods in linguistics. Malden, MA: Blackwell. Johnson, Mark, and G. Lakoff. 2002. Why cognitive linguistics requires embodied realism. Cognitive Linguistics 13(3), 245–64. Johnson, Mark. 1987. The body in mind: the bodily basis of meaning, imagination and reason. University of Chicago Press. 2010. Metaphor and cognition. In S. Gallagher and D. Schmicking (eds.), Handbook of phenomenology and cognitive science, 401–14. Berlin: Springer. Johnson, Samuel. 1755. A dictionary of the English language. London: J. and P. Knapton. Johnstone, Barbara, and Scott E. Kiesling. 2008. Indexicality and experience: exploring the meanings of /aw/-monophthongization in Pittsburgh. Journal of Sociolinguistics 12, 5–33. Johnstone, Barbara. 2007. Discourse analysis, 2nd edn. New York: WileyBlackwell. Jones, Mark. 2002. The origin of definite article reduction in northern English dialects: evidence from dialect allomorphy. English Language and Linguistics 6, 325–45. Joseph, Brian D. 2004. On change in language and change in language. Language 80, 381–83. Joy, Annamma, John F. Sherry Jr., and Jonathan Deschenes. 2009. Conceptual blending in advertising. Journal of Business Research 62(1), 39–49. Jurafsky, Daniel. 1992. An on-line computational model of human sentence interpretation. In American Association for Artificial Intelligence (eds.), Proceedings of the National Conference on Artificial Intelligence (AAAI-92), 302–08. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Kable, Joseph W., Irene P. Kan, Ashely Wilson, Sharon L. Thompson-Schill, and Anjan Chatterjee. 2005. Conceptual representations of action in lateral temporal cortex. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 17, 855–70. Kapatsinski, Vsevolod. 2013. Conspiring to mean: experimental and computational evidence for a usage–based harmonic approach to morphophonology. Language 89, 110–48. Kappelhoff, Hermann, and Cornelia Mu¨ller. 2011. Embodied meaning construction: multimodal metaphor and expressive movement in speech, gesture, and feature film. Metaphor and the Social World 1, 121–53. Ka¨rkkaïnen, Elise. 2006. Stance-taking in conversation: from subjectivity to intersubjectivity. Text and Talk 26(6), 699–731.

751


752

752

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Kay, Paul, and Charles J. Fillmore. 1999. Grammatical constructions and linguistic generalizations: the ‘What’s X doing Y?’ construction. Language 75, 1–33. Kay, Paul. 1973 On the form of dictionary entries: English kinship semantics. In Roger Shuy and Charles-James N. Bailey (eds.) Toward tomorrow‘s linguistics, 120–38. Georgetown University Press. 2003. Pragmatic aspects of grammatical constructions. In Horn, L. and Ward, G. (eds.), Handbook of Pragmatics, 675–700. Oxford: Blackwell. 2013. The limits of (construction) grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 32–48. Oxford University Press. Kay, Paul and Ivan Sag. 2012. Cleaning up the big mess: discontinuous dependencies and complex determiners. In H. C. Boas and I. Sag (eds.), Sign-Based Construction Grammar, 229–56. Stanford: CSLI. Keating, Patricia. 1984. Phonetic and phonological representation of stop consonant voicing. Language 60(2), 286–319. Keating, Patricia, Wendy Linker, and Marie Huffman. 1983. Patterns of allophone distribution for voiced and voiceless stops. Journal of Phonetics 11, 277–90. Keller, Rudi. 1994. Sprachwandel: Von der unsichtbaren Hand in der Sprache. Tu¨bingen: Francke. Kelly, Kevin. 2010. What technology wants. New York: Viking Press. Kelly, Spencer D., Asli Ozyu¨rek, and Eric Maris. 2010. Two sides of the same coin: speech and gesture mutually interact to enhance comprehension. Psychological Science 21(2), 260–67. Kemmer, Suzanne, and Michael Barlow. 2000. Introduction: a usage-based conception of language. In Michael Barlow and Suzanne Kemmer (eds.), Usage-based models of language, vii–xxviii. Stanford: CSLI. Kendon, Adam. 1983. Gesture and speech: how they interact. J. M. Weimann and R. P. Harrison (eds.), Nonverbal interaction, 13–45. Beverly Hills: Sage. 1994. Do gestures communicate? A review. Research on Language and Social Interaction 27(3), 175–200. 1995. Gestures as illocutionary and discourse structure markers in Southern Italian conversation. Journal of Pragmatics 23(3), 247–79. 2002. Some uses of the head shake. Gesture 2(2), 147–82. 2004. Gesture: visible action as utterance. Cambridge University Press. Kiefer, Markus, Eun-Jin Sim, Ba¨rbel Herrnberger, Jo Grothe, and Klaus Hoenig. 2008. The sound of concepts: four markers for a link between auditory and conceptual brain systems. Journal of Neuroscience 28, 12224–30. Kiesel, Andrea, and Esther Vierck. 2009. SNARC-like congruency based on number magnitude and response duration. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning Memory and Cognition 35, 275–79.


753

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Kilgarriff, Adam. 2005. Language is never, ever, ever random. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 1, 263–76. Kim, Jong-Bok. 2011. English comparative correlative construction: interactions between lexicon and constructions. Korean Journal of Linguistics 36(2), 307–36. Kim, Nuri, Jon Krosnick, and Daniel Casasanto. 2015. Moderators of candidate name-order effects in elections: an experiment. Political Psychology 36(5), 525–42. Kimbara, Irene. 2008. Gesture form convergence in joint description. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior 32, 123–31. Kimmel, Michael. 2005. Cultured regained: situated and compound image schemas. In B. Hampe (ed.), From perception to meaning: image schemas in cognitive linguistics, 205–12. Berlin: Mouton. 2010. Why we mix metaphors (and mix them well): discourse coherence, conceptual metaphor, and beyond. Journal of Pragmatics 42(1), 97–115. King, Brian. 1989. The conceptual structure of emotional experience in Chinese. PhD dissertation. Ohio State University. Kiparsky, Paul. 1982. Lexical phonology and morphology. In-Seok Yang (ed.), Linguistics in the Morning Calm, 3–91. Seoul: Hanshin. Kirjavainen, Minna, Anna Theakston, and Elena Lieven. 2009. Can input explain children’s me-for-I errors? Journal of Child Language 36, 1091–114. Kishner, Jeffrey M., and Raymond W. Gibbs Jr. 1996. How just gets its meanings: polysemy and context in psychological semantics. Language and Speech 39(1), 19–36. Kissling, Elizabeth, Andrea Tyler, Lisa Warren, and Lauren Negrete. 2013. Reexamining por and para in the Spanish foreign language intermediate classroom: a usage-based, cognitive linguistic approach. Paper presented at International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. Edmonton, AB. July. Kita, Sotaro (ed.). 2003. Pointing: where language, culture, and cognition meet. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. ¨ zyu¨rek. 2003. What does cross-linguistic variation Kita, Sotaro, and Asli O in semantic coordination of speech and gesture reveal? Evidence for an interface representation of spatial thinking and speaking. Journal of Memory and Language 48(1), 16–32. Kita, Sotaro, and James Essegbey. 2001. Pointing left in Ghana: how a taboo on the use of the left hand influences gestural practice. Gesture 1(1), 73–95. Kita, Sotaro, Ingeborg Van Gijn, and Harry van der Hulst. 1998. Movement phase in signs and co-speech gestures, and their transcriptions by human coders. Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction. Bielefeld Gesture Workshop. September 17–19, 23–35. Kita, Sotaro. 2000. How representational gestures help speaking. In D. McNeill (ed.), Language and Gesture, 162–85. Cambridge University Press.

753


754

754

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2009. Cross-cultural variation of speech-accompanying gesture: a review. Language and Cognitive Processes 24(2), 145–67. Klima, Edward, and Ursula Bellugi. 1979. The signs of language. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Koch, Sabine C., Thomas Fuchs, Michaela Summa, and Cornelia Mu¨ller. 2012. Body memory, metaphor and movement. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Koenig, Jean-Pierre. 1999. Lexical relations. Stanford: CSLI. Kok, Kasper I., and Alan Cienki. 2016. Cognitive grammar and gesture: points of convergence, advances and challenges. Cognitive Linguistics 27(1), 67–100. 2014. Taking simulation semantics out of the laboratory: towards an interactive and multimodal reappraisal of embodied language comprehension. Language and Cognition. https://doi.org/10.1017/langcog .2014.25. Koller, Veronika, Andrew Hardie, Paul Rayson, and Elena Semino. 2008. Using a semantic annotation tool for the analysis of metaphor in discourse. Metaphorik.de 15, 141–60. Koller, Veronika. 2004. Metaphor and gender in business media discourse: a critical cognitive study. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 2014. Cognitive linguistics and ideology. In John R. Taylor and Jeanette Littlemore (eds.), The Bloomsbury companion to cognitive linguistics, 234–52. London: Bloomsbury. Kolter, Astrid, Silva H. Ladewig, Michela Summa, Cornelia Mu¨ller, Sabine C. Koch, and Thomas Fuchs. 2012. Body memory and the emergence of metaphor in movement and speech. In S. C. Koch, T. Fuchs, M. Summa, and C. Mu¨ller (eds.), Body memory, metaphor and movement, 201–26. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Kong, Feng. 2013. Space–valence associations depend on handedness: evidence from a bimanual output task. Psychological Research 77(6), 773–79. Konopka, Agnieszka E., and Kathryn Bock. 2008. Lexical or syntactic control of sentence formulation? Structural generalizations from idiom production. Cognitive Psychology 58, 68–101. Koptjevskaja-Tamm, Maria, and Martine Vanhove (eds.). 2012. New directions in lexical typology. Special issue of Linguistics 50 (3), n. pag. Koptjevskaja-Tamm, Maria. 2008. Approaching lexical typology. In Martine Vanhove (ed.), From polysemy to semantic change, 3–52. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Kortmann, Bernd (ed.). 2003. Dialectology meets typology: dialect grammar from a cross-linguistic perspective. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Kortmann, Bernd, and Kerstin Lunkenheimer (eds.). 2013. The electronic world atlas of varieties of English. Leipzig: Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. Kortmann, Bernd. 1999. Typology and dialectology. In Bernard Caron (ed.), Proceedings of the 16th International Congress of Linguists, Paris 1997. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.


755

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Kosslyn, Stephen Michael. 1980. Image and mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Kousidis, Spyros, David Dorran, Ciaran Mcdonnell, and Eugene Coyle. 2009. Convergence in human dialogues time series analysis of acoustic feature. Proceedings of SPECOM 2009, n. pag. Ko¨vecses, Zoltań. 1986. Metaphors of anger, pride and love: a lexical approach to the study of concepts. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1995. Anger: its language, conceptualization, and physiology in the light of cross-cultural evidence. In John R. Taylor and Robert E. MacLaury (eds.), Language and the cognitive construal of the worlds, 181–96. Berlin: Mouton de Grouyter. 2000. Metaphor and emotion: language, culture, and body in human feeling. Cambridge University Press 2002. Metaphor: a practical introduction. Oxford University Press. 2005. Metaphor in culture: universality and variation. Cambridge University Press. 2008. The conceptual structure of happiness and pain. In Chryssoula Lascaratou, Anna Despotopoulou, and Elly Ifantidou (eds.), Reconstructing pain and joy: linguistic, literary and cultural perspectives, 17–33. Cambridge Scholars Publishing. 2010. Metaphor: a practical introduction. New York: Oxford University Press. 2013. The metaphor-metonymy relationship: correlations metaphors are based on metonymy. Metaphor and Symbol 28, 75–88. 2015. Where metaphors come from: reconsidering context in metaphor. Oxford University Press. Ko¨vecses, Zoltań, and Gu¨nter Radden. 1998. Metonymy: developing a cognitive linguistic view. Cognitive Linguistics 9, 37–77. Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona, and Marzena Z˙ygis. 2012. Phonetic and lexical gradience in Polish prefixed words. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 317–66. Kratzer, Angelika. 2012. Modals and conditionals: new and revised perspectives. Oxford University Press. Krauss, Michael. 1992. The world’s languages in crisis. Language 68, 4–10. Krauss, Robert M. 1998. Why do we gesture when we speak? Current Directions in Psychological Science 7(2), 54–60. Krauss, Robert M., Palmer Morrel-Samuels, and Christina Colasante. 1991. Do conversational hand gestures communicate? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 61(5), 743–54. Kress, Gunther, and Theo Van Leeuwen. 2001. Multimodal discourse: the modes and media of contemporary communication. London: Arnold. Krikmann, Arvo. 2009. On the similarity and distinguishability of humour and figurative speech. Trames 13(1), 14–40. Krippendorff, Klaus. 2004. Content analysis: an introduction to its methodology, 2nd edn. London: Sage. Kristiansen, Gitte. 2006. Towards a usage-based cognitive phonology. International Journal of English Studies 6, 107–40.

755


756

756

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2007. Towards a usage-based cognitive phonology. International Journal of English Studies 6(2),107–40. Murcia: Universidad de Murcia. 2008. Style-shifting and shifting styles: a socio-cognitive approach to lectal variation. In Gitte Kristiansen and Rene´ Dirven (eds.), Cognitive sociolinguistics, 45–88. De Gruyter, Berlin. 2003. How to do things with allophones: linguistic stereotypes as cognitive reference points in social cognition. In Rene´ Dirven, Roslyn Frank, and Martin Pu¨tz (eds.), Cognitive models in language and thought, 69–120. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Kro´lak, Emilia. 2008. Fictive interaction: its functions and usage in discourse. PhD dissertation. University of Warsaw. 2016. Polish nominal construction involving fictive interaction: its scope and functions in discourse. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 235–53. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Ku¨chenhoff, Helmut, and Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid. 2015. Reply to ‘More (old and new) misunderstandings of collostructional analysis: on Schmid and Ku¨chenhoff’ by Stefan Th. Gries. Cognitive Linguistics 26, 537–47. Kujala, Teijo, Kimmo Ahlo, M. Huotilainen, R. J. Ilmoniemi, A. Lehtokoski, A. Leinonen, et al. 1997. Electrophysiological evidence for cross-modal plasticity in humans with early- and late-onset blindness. Psychophysiology 34, 213–16. Kujala, Teija, Kimmo Alho, and Risto Naä¨ta¨nen. 2000. Cross-modal reorganization of human cortical functions. Trends in Neurosciences 23(3), 115–20. Kumashiro, Toshiyuki, and Ronald W. Langacker. 2003. Double-subject and complex-predicate constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 14, 1–45. Kuno, Susumo. 1987. Functional syntax: anaphora, discourse, and empathy. University of Chicago Press. Kuperman, Victor, and Joan Bresnan. 2012. The effects of construction probability on word durations during spontaneous incremental sentence production. Journal of Memory and Language 66(4), 588–611. Kussmaul, Paul. 2010. Verstehen und U¨bersetzen. Tu¨bingen: Narr. Kusters, Annelies. 2012. Adamorobe: a demographic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural profile. In Ulrike Zeshan and Connie De Vos (eds.), Sign languages in village communities: anthropological and linguistic insights, 347–51. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. L’Hoˆte, Emilie. 2014. Identity, narrative and metaphor: a corpus-based cognitive analysis of New Labour discourse. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Labov, William, Sharon Ash, and Charles Boberg. 2006. Atlas of North American English: phonology and sound change. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Labov, William, Sharon Ash, Maciej Baranowski, Naomi Nagy, Maya Ravindranath, and Tracey Weldon. 2006. Listeners’ sensitivity to the frequency of sociolinguistic variables. University of Pennsylvania Working Papers in Linguistics 12(2), 105–29.


757

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Labov, William, Sharon Ash, Maya Ravindranath, Tracey Weldon, Maciej Baranowski, and Naomi Nagye. 2011. Properties of the sociolinguistic monitor. Journal of Sociolinguistics 15, 431–63. Labov, William. 1963. The social motivation of a sound change. Word 18, 1–42. 1966. The social stratification of English in New York City. Washington, DC: Center for Applied Linguistics. 1973. The boundaries of words and their meanings. In C.-J. Bailey and R. Shuy (eds.), New ways of analysing variation in English, 340–73. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press. 2010. Principles of linguistic change, vol. 3: cognitive and cultural factors. Oxford: Wiley. 2014. What is to be learned: the community as the focus of social cognition. In Martin Pu¨tz, Justyna A. Robinson, and Monika Reif (eds.), Cognitive sociolinguistics: social and cultural variation and language use, 23–52. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Lacey, Simon, Randall Stilla, and K. Sathian. 2012. Metaphorically feeling: comprehending textural metaphors activates somatosensory cortex. Brain and Language 120, 416–21. Ladd, D. Robert, Seań G. Roberts, and Dan Dediu. 2015. Correlational studies in typological and historical linguistics. Annual Review of Linguistics 1, 221–41. Ladefoged, Peter, and Ian Maddieson. 1996. The sounds of the world’s languages. Oxford: Blackwell. Lakoff, George. 1987. Women, fire, and dangerous things: what categories reveal about the mind. University of Chicago Press. 1990. The Invariance Hypothesis: is abstract reason based on image schemas? Cognitive Linguistics 1(1). 39–74. 1993. The contemporary theory of metaphor. In Andrew Ortony (ed.), Metaphor and thought, 202–51. Cambridge University Press. 2008. The neural theory of metaphor. In R. Gibbs (ed.), Cambridge handbook of metaphor and thought. New York: Cambridge University Press. 2012. Explaining embodied cognition results. Topics in Cognitive Science 4(4), 773–85. 2014. Mapping the brain’s metaphor circuitry: metaphorical thought in everyday reason. Frontiers in Human Neuroscience 8, 958–87. Lakoff, George, and Mark Johnson. 1980a. Metaphors we live by. University of Chicago Press. 1980b. The metaphorical structure of the human conceptual system. Cognitive Science 4(2), 195–208. 1999. Philosophy in the flesh: the embodied mind and its challenge to Western thought. New York: Basic Books. Lakoff, George, and S. Narayanan. In prep. Conceptual science: the embodiment of thought and language.

757


758

758

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Lakoff, George, and R. Nuń˜ez. 2002. Where mathematics comes from: how the embodied mind brings mathematics into being. New York: Basic Books. Lakoff, George, and Mark Turner. 1989. More than cool reason: a field guide to poetic metaphor. University of Chicago Press. Lam, Yvonne. 2009. Applying cognitive linguistics to teaching Spanish prepositions por and para. Language Awareness 18, 2–18. Lambrecht, Knud, and Kevin Lemoine. 2005. Definite null objects in (spoken) French. In M. Fried and H. C. Boas (eds.), Grammatical constructions – back to the roots, 13–56. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Landau, Mark, Michael Robinson, and Brian Meier (eds.). 2015. The power of metaphor: examining the influence on social life. Washington, DC: APA Books. Lane, Harlan, and François Grosjean (eds.). 1980. Recent perspectives on American sign language. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Lane, Harlan. 1984. When the mind hears: a history of the deaf. New York: Random House. Lane, Wardlow Liane, and Victor S. Ferreira. 2010. Abstract syntax in sentence production: evidence from stem-exchange errors. Journal of Memory and Language 62, 151–65. Langacker, Ronald W. 1972a. Review of Meaning and the structure of language by Wallace Chafe. Language 48, 134–61. 1972b. Possessives in Classical Nahuatl. IJAL 38, 173–86. 1972c. Fundamentals of linguistic analysis. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. 1975a. Relative clauses in Classical Nahuatl. IJAL 41, 46–68. 1975b. Semantic representations and the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Foundations of Language 14, 307–57. 1986. Abstract motion. Proceedings of the twelfth annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 455–71. Berkeley Linguistics Society. 1987. Foundations of cognitive grammar, vol. 1: theoretical prerequisites. Stanford University Press. 1988. A usage-based model. In B. Rudzka-Ostyn (ed.), Topics in Cognitive Linguistics, 127–61. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 1991. Foundations of cognitive grammar, vol. 2: descriptive application. Stanford University Press. 1993. Reference point constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 4,1–38. 1995. Viewing in cognition and grammar. In Philip W. Davis (ed.), Alternative linguistics: descriptive and theoretical models, 153–212. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1997. Constituency, dependency, and conceptual grouping. Cognitive Linguistics 8, 1–32. 1990a. Concept, image, and symbol: the cognitive basis of grammar. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 1990b. Subjectification. Cognitive Linguistics 1(1), 5–38. 1999a. Grammar and conceptualization. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.


759

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

1999b. Virtual reality. Studies in the Linguistic Sciences 29, 77–103. 2000. A Dynamic Usage-Based Model. In Michael Barlow and Suzanne Kemmer (eds.), Usage-based models of language, 1–63. Stanford: CSLI. 2001. Discourse in cognitive grammar. Cognitive Linguistics 12, 143–88. 2002. Concept, image and symbol: the cognitive basis of grammar. New York: De Gruyter Mouton. 2005a. Construction grammars: cognitive, radical, and less so. In Francisco Ruiz de Mendoza and Sandra Penã Cervel (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: internal dynamics and interdisciplinary interaction, 101–59. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2005b. Dynamicity, fictivity, and scanning: the imaginative basis of logic and linguistic meaning. In Diane Pecher and Rolf A. Zwaan (eds.), Grounding cognition: the role of perception and action in memory, language, and thinking, 164–97. New York: Cambridge University Press. 2006. Subjectification, grammaticization, and conceptual archetypes. In A. Athansiadou, C. Canakis, and B. Cornillie (eds.), Subjectification: various paths to subjectivity, 17–40. Berlin: De Gruyter. 2008a. Cognitive grammar: a basic introduction. New York: Oxford University Press. 2008b. Metaphoric gesture and cognitive linguistics. In Alan Cienki and Cornelia Mu¨ller (eds.), Metaphor and gesture, 249–51, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2008c. Sequential and summary scanning: a reply. Cognitive Linguistics 19, 571–84. 2009. Investigations in cognitive grammar. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2012a. Interactive cognition: toward a unified account of structure, processing, and discourse. International Journal of Cognitive Linguistics 3, 95–125. 2012b. Elliptic coordination. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 555–99. 2013. Essentials of cognitive grammar: a basic introduction. Oxford University Press. 2015a. Baseline and elaboration. Plenary Lecture, International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. Northumbria University, UK. 2015b. Construal. In Ewa Da˛browska and Dagmar Divjak (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 120–43. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2015c. On grammatical categories. Journal of Cognitive Linguistics 1, 44–79. 2015d. How to build an English clause. Journal of Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics 2(2), n. pag. In prep. Entrenchment in Cognitive Grammar. Langton, Stephen R., and Vicki Bruce. 2000. You must see the point: automatic processing of cues to the direction of social attention. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance 26(2), 747–57. Lantolf, James P. 2011. Integrating sociocultural theory and cognitive linguistics in the second language classroom. In Eli Hinkel (ed.),

759


760

760

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Handbook of research in second language teaching and learning, vol. II. London: Routledge, 303–18. Lantolf, James P., and Matthew Poehner. 2013. Sociocultural theory and the pedagogical imperative in L2 education: Vyogtskian praxis and the theory/ research divide. London: Routledge. Larson-Hall, Jenifer. 2010. A guide to doing statistics in second language research using SPSS. New York: Routledge. Lascaratou, Chryssoula. 2007. The language of pain: expression or description, Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Lascarides, Alex, and Jon Oberlander. 1993. Temporal coherence and defeasible knowledge. Theoretical Linguistics 19(1), 1–35. Lass, Roger. 1997. Historical linguistics and language change. Cambridge University Press. Lavenda, Robert H., and Emily A. Schultz. 2014. Anthropology: what does it mean to be human? 3rd edn. Oxford University Press. Le Guen, Olivier, and L. I. Pool Balam. 2012. No metaphorical timeline in gesture and cognition among Yucatec Mayas. Frontiers in Psychology 3, 271. Le Guen, Olivier. 2011. Speech and gesture in spatial language and cognition among the Yucatec Mayas. Cognitive Science 35, 905–38. Lee-Goldman, Russell, and Miriam Petruck. In prep. The FrameNet Constructicon in action. In B. Lyngfelt, L. Borin, K. Ohara, and T. Torrent (eds.), Constructicography: construction development across languages. Leembruggen, Linda, Barbara Kelly, and Alice Gaby. In press. How children talk and think about time. Lehmann, Christian. 2008. Information structure and grammaticalization. In Marıá Jose´ Lo´pez-Couso and Elena Seoane Posse (eds.), Theoretical and empirical issues in grammaticalization, 207–29. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2015. Thoughts on grammaticalization. Berlin: Language Science Press. Lehmann, Thomas. 1989. A grammar of Modern Tamil. Pondicherry Institute of Linguistics and Culture. ¨ stman. 2005. Constructions and variability. Leino, Jaakko, and Jan-Ola O In Mirjam Fried and Hans C. Boas (eds.), Grammatical constructions: back to the roots, 191–213. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Leino, Jaakko. 2010. Results, cases, and constructions: argument structure constructions in English and Finnish. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Contrastive studies in construction grammar, 103–36. Amsterdam: Benjamins. ¨ stman. 2008. Language change, variability and Leino, Pentti, and Jan-Ola O functional load: Finnish genericity from a constructional point of view. In Jaakko Leino (ed.), Constructional reorganization, 37–54. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Lemke, Shannon, Antoine Tremblay, and Benjamin V. Tucker. 2009. Function words of lexical bundles: the relation of frequency and reduction. Proceedings of Meetings on Acoustics 6, 060009.


761

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Lemmens, Maarten, and Julien Perrez. In prep. French onions and Dutch trains: typological perspectives on learners’ descriptions of spatial scenes. In Andrea Tyler, Lihong Huang and Hana Jan (eds.), What is applied cognitive linguistics? Answers from current SLA research. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Leva¨nen, S., V. Jousmaki, and R. Hari. 1998. Vibration-inducedauditorycortexactivation in a congenitally deaf adult. Current Biology 8, 869–72 Levelt, Willem J. M. 1989. Speaking: from intention to articulation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Levin, Beth, and Malka Rappaport Hovav. 2005. Argument realization. Cambridge University Press. Levin, Beth. 1993. English verb class and alternations. University of Chicago Press. Levinson, Stephen C. 1983. Pragmatics. Cambridge University Press. 1997. From outer to inner space: linguistic categories and non-linguistic thinking. In Jan Nuyts and Eric Pederson (eds.), Language and conceptualization, 13–45. Cambridge University Press. 2003. Space in language and cognition. Cambridge University Press. 2006. On the human ‘interaction engine.’ In Nick J. Enfield and Stephen C. Levinson (eds.), Roots of human sociality: culture, cognition and interaction, 39–69. Oxford: Berg. Levinson, Stephen C., and Penelope Brown. 1994. Immanuel Kant among the Tenejapans: anthropology as empirical philosophy. Ethos 22 (1), 3–41. Levinson, Stephen C., and Nicholas Evans. 2010. Time for a sea-change in linguistics: response to comments on ‘The myth of language universals.’ Lingua 120, 2733–58. Levinson, Stephen C., and A. Majid. 2013. The island of time: Ye´lıˆ Dnye, the language of Rossel Island. Frontiers in Psychology 4, 61. Levinson, Stephen C., and Francisco Torreira. 2015. Timing in turn-taking and its implications for processing models of language. Frontiers in Psychology 12, n. pag. Levinson, Stephen C., and David Wilkins (eds.). 2006. Grammars of space. Cambridge University Press. Levshina, Natalia, Dirk Geeraerts, and Dirk Speelman. 2013. Mapping constructional spaces: a contrastive analysis of English and Dutch analytic causatives. Linguistics 51(4). 825–54. 2014. Dutch causative constructions: quantification of meaning and meaning of quantification. In Dylan Glynn and Justyna Robinson (eds.), Corpus methods for semantics: quantitative studies in polysemy and synonymy, 205–21. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Levshina, Natalia. 2015. How to do linguistics with R. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Lewandowski, Natalie. 2012. Talent in nonnative phonetic convergence. PhD dissertation. Stuttgart University.

761


762

762

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Lewis, C. S. 1936. The allegory of love. Oxford University Press. 1960. Studies in words. Cambridge University Press. Li, Charles N., and Sandra A. Thompson. 1976. Subject and topic: a new typology of language. In Charles N. Li (ed.), Subject and topic, 457–89. New York: Academic Press. Li, Peiwen, Søren Wind Eskildsen, and Teresa Cadierno. 2014. Tracing an L2 learner’s motion constructions over time: a usage-based classroom investigation. Modern Language Journal 98, 612–28. Liberman, Mark. 1979. The intonational system of English. Outstandings dissertations in linguistics series. New York: Garland. Lichtenberk, Frantisek. 1991. Semantic change and heterosemy in grammaticalization. Language 67, 475–509. Liddell, Scott K. 1984. THINK and BELIEVE: sequentiality in American Sign Language. Language 60(2), 372–99. 1995. Real, surrogate and token space: grammatical consequences in ASL. In Karen Emmorey and Judy Reilly (eds.), Language, gesture and space, 19–41. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 1998. Grounded blends, gestures, and conceptual shifts. Cognitive Linguistics 9, 283–314. 2000. Blended spaces and deixis in sign language discourse. In David McNeill (ed.), Language and gesture, 331–57. Cambridge University Press. 2003. Grammar, gesture, and meaning in American Sign Language. New York: Cambridge University Press. Lieven, E., J. Pine, and G. Baldwin. 1997. Lexically-based learning and the development of grammar in early multi-word speech. Journal of Child Language 24(1), 187–219. Lieven, E., D. Salomo, and M. Tomasello. 2009. Two-year-old children’s production of multiword utterances: a usage-based analysis. Cognitive Linguistics 20(3), 481–507. Lieven, Elena. 2016. Usage-based approaches to language development: where do we go from here? Special Issue on usage-based approaches to language and language issues. Language and Cognition 1, 1–23. Lindstromberg, Seth. 2010. English prepositions explained, rev. edn. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Lindstromberg, Seth, and Frank Boers. 2005. From movement to metaphor with manner-of-movement verbs. Applied Linguistics 26, 241–61. Linell, Per. 2009a. Grammatical constructions in dialogue. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.). Contexts and constructions, 97–110. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2009b. Rethinking language, mind, and world dialogically: interactional and contextual theories of human sense-making. Charlotte, NC: Information Age. Littlemore, Jeannette, and Caroline Tagg. In press. Metonymy and text messaging: a framework for understanding creative uses of metonymy. Applied Linguistics.


763

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Littlemore, Jeannette, and Fiona MacArthur. 2012. Figurative extensions of word meaning: how do corpus data and intuition match up? In Stefan Th. Gries and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.), Frequency effects in language learning and processing, 195–233. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Littlemore, Jeannette, and Graham Low. 2006. Metaphoric competence, second language learning, and communicative language ability. Applied Linguistics 27, 268–94. Littlemore, Jeannette, and John R. Taylor (eds.). 2014. Bloomsbury companion to cognitive linguistics. London: Bloomsbury. Littlemore, Jeannette, Satomi Arizono, and Alice May. To appear. The interpretation of metonymy by Japanese learners of English. Review of Cognitive Linguistics. Littlemore, Jeannette. 2009. Applying cognitive linguistics to second language learning and teaching. London: Palgrave MacMillan. 2015. Metonymy: hidden shortcuts in language, thought and communication. Cambridge University Press. Local, John. 1996. Conversational phonetics: some aspects of news receipts in everyday talk. In E. Couper-Kuhlen and M. Selting. (eds.), Prosody in conversation: interactional studies, 177–230. Cambridge University Press. Locke, John. 1979 [1690]. An essay concerning human understanding. New York: Oxford University Press. Loetscher, Tobias, Christopher J. Bockisch, Michael E. R. Nicholls, and Peter Brugger. 2010. Eye position predicts what number you have in mind. Current Biology 20(6), R264–R265. Lohan, Katrin S. 2011. A model of contingency detection to spot tutoring behavior and to respond to ostensive cues in human-robot interaction. PhD dissertation. Bielefeld University. Lohan, Katrin S., Katharina J. Rohlfing, Karola Pitsch, Joe Saunders, Hagen Lehmann, Chrystopher L. Nehaniv, et al. 2012. Tutor spotter: proposing a feature set and evaluating it in a robotic system. International Journal of Social Robotics 4(2), 131–46. Los, Bettelou, Corrien Blom, Geert Booij, Marion Elenbaas, and Ans Van Kemenade. 2012. Morphosyntactic change: a comparative study of particles and prefixes. Cambridge University Press. Lourenco, Stella F., and Matthew R. Longo. 2010. General magnitude representation in human infants. Psychological Science 21(6), 873–81. Louwerse, Max M., Rick Dale, Ellen G. Bard, and Patrick Jeuniaux. 2012. Behavior matching in multimodal communication is synchronized. Cognitive Science 36, 1404–26. Lucas, Ceil. 2001. The sociolinguistics of sign languages. Cambridge University Press. Lu¨cking, Andy, Kirsten Bergman, Florian Hahn, Stefan Kopp, and Hannes Rieser. 2013. Data-based analysis of speech and gesture: the Bielefeld Speech and Gesture Alignment Corpus (SaGA) and its applications. Journal on Multimodal User Interfaces 7(1), 5–18.

763


764

764

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Lucy, John A. 1992a. Language diversity and thought: a reformulation of the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Cambridge University Press. 1992b. Grammatical categories and cognition: a case study of the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Linguistic relativity. Annual Review of Anthropology 26, 291–312. Lum, Jonathon. In press. Frames of spatial reference in Dhivehi language and cognition. PhD dissertation, Melbourne: Monash University. Lundmark, Carita. 2005. Metaphor and creativity in British magazine advertising. PhD dissertation. Luleaº University of Technology. Lyngfelt, Benjamin. 2012. Re-thinking FNI: on null instantiation and control in Construction Grammar. Constructions and Frames 4(1), 1–23. Lyons, Christopher. 1999. Definiteness. Cambridge University Press. Lyons, John. 1968. Introduction to theoretical linguistics. Cambridge University Press. MacArthur, Fiona, and Jeannette Littlemore. 2008. A discovery approach using corpora in the foreign language classroom. In Frank Boers and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.), Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology, 159–88. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Macaulay, Monica. 1982. Verbs of motion and arrival in Mixtec. Proceedings of eighth annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistic Society, 414–26. Berkeley: BLS. 1985. On the semantics of ‘come,’ ‘go,’ and ‘arrive’ in Otomanguean languages. Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics 10(2), 56–84. Macdonald, Helen. 2014. H is for hawk. London: Vintage Books. Macionis, John J. 2013. Sociology, 15th edn. Boston: Pearson. MacLaury, Robert E. 1976. Ayoquesco Zapotec words for shapes and parts of objects: the use of human body and body part prototypes. Manuscript, Berkeley, CA. 1989. Zapotec body-part locatives. IJAL 55, 119–54. 1995. Vantage theory. In J. R. Taylor and R. MacLaury (eds.), Language and the cognitive construal of the world, 231–76. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. MacNeilage, Peter. 2008. The origin of speech. Oxford University Press. MacWhinney, Brian. 1987a. Applying the competition model to bilingualism. Applied Psycholinguistics 8(4), 315–27. 1987b. The competition model. In Brian MacWhinney (ed.), Mechanisms of language acquisition, 249–308. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Magnani, Barbara, Massimiliano Oliveri, and Francesca Frassinetti. 2014. Exploring the reciprocal modulation of time and space in dancers and non-dancers. Experimental Brain Research 232(10), 3191–99. Mahon, Bradford and Alfonso Caramazza. 2008. A critical look at the embodied cognition hypothesis and a new proposal for grounding conceptual content. Journal of Physiology–Paris 102, 59–70. Mahpeykar, Narges, and Andrea Tyler. 2015. A principled cognitive linguistics account of English phrasal verbs with up and out. Language and Cognition 7, 1–35.


765

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Mahpeykar, Narges, Hana Jan, Andrea Tyler, and Yuka Akiyama. 2015. The multiple meanings of English phrasal verbs: applying cognitive linguistics in the L2 classroom. Paper presented at American Association of Applied Linguists. Toronto, CA. March. Majid, Asifa, Alice Gaby, and Lera Boroditsky. 2013. Time in terms of space. Frontiers in Psychology 4, 554. Majid, Asifa, and Melissa Bowerman (eds.). 2007. Cutting and breaking events: a crosslinguistic perspective. Special issue of Cognitive Linguistics 18(2), 133–52. Majid, Asifa, Melissa Bowerman, Sotaro Kita, D. B. M. Haun, and Stephen C. Levinson. 2004. Can language restructure cognition? The case for space. Trends in Cognitive Science, 8, 108–14. Majid, Asifa, Melissa Bowerman, Miriam van Staden, and James S. Boster. 2007. The semantic categories of cutting and breaking events: a crosslinguistic perspective. Cognitive Linguistics 18, 133–52. Majid, Asifa, N. J. Enfield, and Miriam van Staden. 2006. Parts of the body: cross-linguistic categorisation. Special issue of Language Sciences 28(2–3), 137–360. Mallinson, Christine. 2009. Sociolinguistics and sociology: current directions, future partnerships. Language and Linguistics Compass 3, 1034–51. Malt, Barbara. 2015. Words as names for objects, actions, relations, and properties. In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 320–33. Oxford University Press. Mandel, Mark. 1977. Iconic devices in American Sign Language. In Lynn A. Friedman (ed.), On the other hand: new perspectives on American Sign Language, 57–108. New York: Academic Press. Mandelblit, Nili. 1997. Grammatical blending: creative and schematic aspects in sentence processing and translation. PhD dissertation. University of California, San Diego. Mandler, Jean M., and Cristo´bal Pagań Cańovas. 2014. On defining image schemas. Language and Cognition 6(4), 510–32. Mangelschots, Katinka, Annelies Jehoul, Steven Schoonjans, and Kurt Feyaerts. In prep. Multimodal marking of obviousness in German and Dutch. CogniTextes. Manson, Joseph H., Gregory A. Bryant, Matthew M. Gervais, and Michelle A. Kline. 2013. Convergence of speech rate in conversation predicts cooperation. Evolution and Human Behavior 34, 419–26. Marghetis, Tyler and Rafael Nuń˜ez. 2013. The motion behind the symbols: a vital role for dynamism in the conceptualization of limits and continuity in expert mathematics. Topics in Cognitive Science 5(2), 299–316. Marghetis, Tyler. 2015. Every number in its place: the spatial foundations of calculation and conceptualization. PhD dissertation. University of California, San Diego

765


766

766

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Martin, James H. 2006. A corpus-based analysis of context effects on metaphor comprehension. In Anatol Stefanowitsch and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to metaphor and metonymy, 214–36. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Maslen, Robert J. C., Anna L. Theakston, Elena V. Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2004. A dense corpus study of past tense and plural overregularization in English. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 47(6), 1319–33. Mason, Zachary J. 2004. CorMet: a computational, corpus-based conventional metaphor extraction system. Computational Linguistics 30(1), 23–44. Mast, Vivien, Diedrich Wolter, Alexander Klippel, Jan Oliver Wallgru¨n, and Thora Tenbrink. 2014. Boundaries and prototypes in categorizing direction. In Christian Freksa, Bernhard Nebel, Mary Hegarty, and Thomas Barkowsky (eds.), Spatial Cognition 2014, 92–107. Mateo, Josep. 2010. Salud y ritual en Marruecos. Concepciones del cuerpo y praćticas de curacioń. [Health and ritual in Morocco. Conceptions of the body and healing practices.]. Barcelona: Bellaterra. Materna, Jirˇı´. 2010. Building FrameNet in Czech. PhD dissertation. Masaryk University. Matlock, Teenie, Michael Ramscar, and Lera Boroditsky. 2003. The experiential basis of meaning. In Proceedings of the Twenty-fifth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 792–97. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Matlock, Teenie. 2001. How real is fictive motion? PhD dissertation. University of California, Santa Cruz. 2004a. The conceptual motivation of fictive motion. In Gunter Radden and Rene Dirven (eds.), Motivation in Grammar, 221–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2004b. Fictive motion as cognitive simulation. Memory and Cognition 32, 1389–1400. 2006. Depicting fictive motion in drawings. In June Luchenbroers (ed.), Cognitive Linguistics: investigations across languages, fields, and philosophical boundaries, 67–85. Amsterdam: John H. Benjamins. 2010. Abstract motion is no longer abstract. Language and Cognition 2(2), 243–60. 2013. Motion metaphors in political races. In Michael Borkent, Barbara Dancygier, and Jennifer Hinnell (eds.), Language and the Creative Mind, 193–201. Stanford: CSLI. Matlock, Teenie, and Till Bergman. 2014. Fictive motion. In Ewa Da˛browska and Dagmar Divjak (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 771–90. Berlin: DeGruyter Mouton. Matlock, Teenie, Spencer C. Castro, Morgan Fleming, Timothy Gann and Paul Maglio. 2014. Spatial metaphors in web use. Spatial Cognition and Computation 14, 306–20.


767

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Matlock, Teenie, K. J. Holmes, M. Srinivasan, and M. Ramscar. 2011. Even abstract motion influences the understanding of time. Metaphor and Symbol 26, 260–71 Matlock, Teenie, Michael Ramscar, and Lera Boroditsky. 2005. The experiential link between spatial and temporal language. Cognitive Science 29, 655–64. Matlock, Teenie, and Daniel C. Richardson. 2004. Do eye movements go with fictive motion? Proceedings of the 26th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 909–14. Chicago. Matlock, Teeenie, and Bodo Winter. 2015. Experimental semantics. In Bernard Heine and Heiko Narrog (eds.), Oxford handbook of linguistic analysis, 771–90. Oxford University Press. Matsuki, Kazunaga, Victor Kuperman, and Julie A. Van Dyke. 2016. The Random Forests statistical technique: an examination of its value for the study of reading. Scientific Studies of Reading 20(1), 20–33. Matsuki, Keiko. 1995. Metaphors of anger in Japanese. In John R. Taylor and Robert E. MacLaury (eds), Language and the cognitive construal of the world, 137–51. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Matsumoto, Yoshiko. 1996. Subjective motion and English and Japanese verbs. Cognitive Linguistics 7, 183–226. 2010. Interactional frames and grammatical description. Constructions and Frames 2(2), 135–57. 2015. Partnerships between grammatical construction and interactional frame: the stand-alone noun modifying construction in invocatory discourse. Constructions and Frames 7(2), 289–314. Matthews, Danielle, and Anna L. Theakston. 2006. Errors of omission in English-speaking children’s production of plurals and the past tense: the effects of frequency, phonology, and competition. Cognitive Science 30(6), 1027–52. Matthews, Danielle, and Colin Bannard. 2010. Children’s production of unfamiliar word sequences is predicted by positional variability and latent classes in a large sample of child-directed speech. Cognitive Science 34(3), 465–88. Mayberry, Rachel, and Joselynne Jaques. 2000. Gesture production during stuttered speech: insights into the nature of gesture-speech integration. In D. McNeill (ed.), Language and gesture, 99–213. Cambridge University Press McCarthy, John J. (ed). 2004. Optimality theory in phonology: a reader. Malden, MA: Blackwell 1982. Prosodic structure and expletive infixation. Language 58(3), 574–90. McCawley, James D. 1988. The comparative conditional construction in English, German and Mandarin Chinese. Berkeley Linguistics Society 14, 176–87. McClave, Evelyn Z. 1994. Gestural beats: the rhythm hypothesis. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 23(1), 45–66.

767


768

768

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2000. Linguistic functions of head movements in the context of speech. Journal of Pragmatics 32(7), 855–78. McCleary, Leland and Evani Viotti. 2009. Sign-gesture symbiosis in Brazilian Sign Language Narrative. In Fey Parrill, Vera Tobin, and Mark Turner (eds.), Meaning, form, and body, 181–201. Stanford, CA: CSLI. McClelland, James L., and David Rumelhart. 1988. Explorations in parallel distributed processing: a handbook of models, programs, and exercises. Boston, MA: MIT Press. McCune, L. 2008. How children learn how to learn language. Oxford University Press. McDonough, Kim, and Alison Mackey. 2006. Responses to recasts: repetitions, primed production and linguistic development. Language Learning 56, 693–720. McDonough, Kim, and Pavel Trofimovich. 2008. Using priming methods in second language research. London: Routledge. McDonough, Kim. 2006. Interaction and syntactic priming: English L2 speakers’ production of dative constructions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 28, 179–207. McEnery, Tony, and Andrew Hardie. 2012. Corpus linguistics: methods, theory and practice. Cambridge University Press. McGlone, Matthew S., and Jennifer L. Harding. 1998. Back (or forward?) to the future: the role of perspective in temporal language comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning Memory and Cognition 24(5), 1211–23. McKee, Rachel, Adam Schembri, David McKee, and Trevor Johnston. 2011. Variable ‘subject’ presence in Australian Sign Language and New Zealand Sign Language. Language Variation and Change 23(3), 375–98. McNeil, Nicole M., and Martha W. Alibali. 2002. A strong schema can interfere with learning: the case of children’s typical addition schema. In Wayne D. Gray and Christian D. Schunn (eds.), Proceedings of the Twenty-Fourth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 661–66. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum. McNeill, David. 1992. Hand and mind: what gestures reveal about thought. University of Chicago Press. 2005. Gesture and thought. University of Chicago Press. 2006. Gesture, gaze, and ground. In Steve Renals and Sammy Bengio (eds.), Proceedings of machine learning for multimodal interaction: second international workshop 2005, 1–14. Berlin: Springer Verlag. 2012. How language began: gesture and speech in human evolution. Cambridge University Press. Meier, Brian P., and Michael D. Robinson. 2004. Why the sunny side is up: associations between affect and vertical position. Psychological Science 15(4), 243–47.


769

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Meier, Brian P., Michael D. Robinson, and Gerald L. Clore. 2004. Why good guys wear white: automatic inferences about stimulus valence based on brightness. Psychological Science 15(2), 82–87. Meier, Richard P. 1980. Icons and morphemes: models of the acquisition of verb agreement in ASL. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, 20, 92–99. Meier, Richard P., and Diane Lillo-Martin. 2013. The points of language. Journal of Philosophical Studies 24, 151–76. Meir, Irit, Wendy Sandler, Carol Padden, and Mark Aronoff. 2010. Emerging sign languages. Oxford handbook of deaf studies, language, and education 2, 267–80. Melser, Derek. 2004. The act of thinking. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Melzack, Ronald. 1975. The McGill pain questionnaire: major properties and scoring method. Pain 1, 277–99. Mendoza-Denton, Norma, Jennifer Hay, and Stefanie Jannedy. 2003. Probabilistic sociolinguistics. In Rens Bod, Jennifer Hay, and Stefanie Jannedy (eds.), Probabilistic linguistics, 97–138. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Mercier, Hugo and Dan Sperber. 2011. Why do humans reason? Arguments for an argumentative theory. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 34(2), 57–74. Merleau-Ponty, Maurice. 1962. Phenomenology of perception. London: Routledge. Merritt, Dustin J., Daniel Casasanto, and Elizabeth M. Brannon. 2010. Do monkeys think in metaphors? Representations of space and time in monkeys and humans. Cognition 117, 191–202. Meteyard, Lotte, Sara R. Cuadrado, Bahador Bahrami, and Gabriella Vigliocco. 2012. Coming of age: a review of embodiment and the neuroscience of semantics. Cortex 48(7), 788–804. Metta, Giorgio, Lorenzo Natale, Francesco Nori, Giulio Sandini, David Vernon, Luciano Fadiga, et al. 2010. The iCub humanoid robot: an open-systems platform for research in cognitive development. Neural Networks 23(8), 1125–34. Meunier, David, Emmanuel A. Stamatakis, and Lorraine K. Tyler. 2014. Age-related functional reorganization, structural changes, and preserved cognition. Neurobiology of Aging 35(1), 42–54. Meurers, Walt Detmar. 2001. On expressing lexical generalizations in HPSG. Nordic Journal of Linguistics 24(2), 161–217. Meurmann-Solin, Anneli, Bettelou Los, and Maria Jose´ Lo´pez-Couso (eds.). 2012. Information structure and syntactic change. New York: Oxford University Press. Mey, Jacob L. 1999. When voices clash: a study in literary pragmatics. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Meyerhoff, Miriam, and James N. Stanford. 2015. ‘Tings change, all tings change’: the changing face of sociolinguistics with a global perspective. In Dick Smakman and Patrick Heinrich (eds.),

769


770

770

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Globalising sociolinguistics: challenging and expanding theory, 1–15. Abingdon: Routledge. Michaelis, Laura A. 1994. A case of constructional polysemy in Latin. Studies in Language 18, 45–70. 2010. Sign-Based Construction Grammar. In Bernd Heine and Heiko Narrog (eds.), The Oxford handbook of linguistic analysis, 155–76. Oxford University Press. 2013. Sign-based construction grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 133–52. Oxford University Press. Michaelis, Laura A., and Josef Ruppenhofer. 2001. Beyond alternations: a constructional model of the German applicative pattern. Stanford: CSLI. Michaelis, Laura A., and Knud Lambrecht. 1996. Toward a construction-based model of language function: the case of nominal extraposition. Language 72, 215–47. Mielke, Jeff. 2008. The emergence of distinctive features. Oxford University Press. Miles, Lynden K., Louise K. Nind, and C. Neil Macrae. 2010. Moving through time. Psychological Science 21(2), 222–23. Miles, Lynden K., Katarzyna Karpinska, Joanne Lumsden, and C. Neil Macrae. 2010. The meandering mind: vection and mental time travel. PLoS One 5(5), 1–5. Miles, Lynden K., Lucy Tan, Grant D. Noble, Joanne Lumsden, and C. Neil Macrae. 2011. Can a mind have two time lines? Exploring space-time mapping in Mandarin and English speakers. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review 18(3), 598–604. Miller, Cynthia L. 1996 [2003]. The representation of speech in Biblical Hebrew narrative: a linguistic analysis. Winona Lake, IN: Eisenbrauns. Miller, George A., and Philip N. Johnson-Laird. 1976. Language and perception. Cambridge University Press. Milroy, Lesley. 1980. Language and social networks. Oxford: Blackwell. Minsky, Marvin. 1977. Frame-based theory. In P. N. Johnson-Laird and P. C. Watson (eds.), Thinking and reading in cognitive science, 355–76. Cambridge University Press. Mishkin, Mortimer, Leslie G. Ungerleider, and Kathleen A. Macko. 1983. Object vision and spatial vision: two cortical pathways. Trends in Neurosciences, 6, 414–17. Mishra, Ramesh K., and Niharika Singh. 2010. Online fictive motion understanding: an eye-movement study with Hindi. Metaphor and Symbol 25 (3), 144–61. Mittelberg, Irene. 2007. Methodology for multimodality: one way of working with speech and gesture data. In Monica GonzalezMarquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 225–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


771

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2014. Multimodal existential constructions in German and English. Paper presented at the 6th International Conference of the German Cognitive Linguistics Association (DGKL6). Erlangen, 30 September– 2 October. Moder, Carol. 2008. It’s like making a soup: metaphors and similes in spoken news discourse. In Andrea Tyler, Yiyoung Kim, and Mari Takada (eds.), Language in the context of use: discourse and cognitive approaches to language, 301–20. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010. Two puzzle pieces: fitting discourse context and constructions into Cognitive Metaphor Theory. English Text Construction 3(2) 294–320. Mohanan, K. P. 1986. The theory of lexical phonology. Dordrecht: Reidel. Mompean, Jose. 2004. Category overlap and neutralization: the importance of speakers’ classification in phonology. Cognitive Linguistics 15, 429–69. 2014. Phonology. In R. Taylor and J. Littlemore (eds.), The Bloomsbury companion to Cognitive Linguistics, 253–76. London: Bloomsbury. Mondada, Lorenza. 2007. Multimodal resources for turn-taking: pointing and emergence of next speakers. Discourse Studies 9(2), 194–225. Moore, Kevin Ezra. 2006. Space to time mappings and temporal concepts. Cognitive Linguistics 17(2), 199–244. 2011. Ego-perspective and field-based frames of reference: temporal meanings of FRONT in Japanese, Wolof, and Aymara. Journal of Pragmatics 43, 759–76. 2011. Frames and the experiential basis of the Moving Time metaphor. Constructions and Frames 24, 80–103. 2014. The spatial language of time: metaphor, metonymy, and frames of reference. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Moore, Randi, Katharine Donelson, Alyson Eggleston, and Juergen Bohnemeyer. 2015. Semantic typology: new approaches to crosslinguistic variation in language and cognition. Linguistics Vanguard 1(1), 189–200. Morrel-Samuels, Palmer, and Robert M. Krauss. 1992. Word familiarity predicts temporal asynchrony of hand gestures and speech. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 18(3), 615–22. Morris, Desmond, Peter Collet, Peter Marsh, and Marie O’Shaughnessy. 1979. Gestures, their origins and distribution. New York: Stein and Day. Mo¨tto¨nen, Tapani. 2016. Construal in expression: intersubjective approach to cognitive grammar. University of Helsinki. Mueller Gathercole, V. C. 2007. Miami and North Wales, so far and yet so near: a constructivist account of morphosyntactic development in bilingual children. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 10(3), 224–47. Mukherjee, Joybrato, and Stefan Th. Gries. 2009. Collostructional nativisation in New Englishes: verb-construction associations in the International Corpus of English. English World-Wide 30(1), 27–51.

771


772

772

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Mu¨ller, Cornelia. 2007. Metaphors dead and alive, sleeping and waking: a dynamics view. University of Chicago Press. Mu¨ller, Ralph-Axel, and Surina Basho. 2004. Are nonlinguistic functions in ‘Broca’s area’ prerequisites for language acquisition? fMRI findings from an ontogenetic viewpoint. Brain and Language 89(2), 329–36. Mu¨ller, Stefan. 2006. Phrasal or lexical constructions? Language 82(4), 850–83. 2015. Open review: grammatical theory: from transformational grammar to constraint-based approaches, Textbooks in Language Sciences 1. Berlin: Language Science Press. Mummery, C. J., K. Patterson, C. J. Price, J. Ashburner, R. S. J. Frackowiak, and J. R. Hodges. 2000. A voxel-based morphometry study of semantic dementia: relationship between temporal lobe atrophy and semantic memory. Annals of Neurology 47, 36–45. Munn, Nancy D. 1992. The cultural anthropology of time: a critical essay. Annual Review of Anthropology 21, 93–123. Murphy, Gregory L. 1996. On metaphoric representations. Cognition 60, 173–204. 2002. The big book of concepts. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2004. The big book of concepts, 2nd edn. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Murtha, Susan, Howard Chertkow, Mario Beauregard, and Alan Evans. 1999. The neural substrate of picture naming. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 11, 399–423. Musolff, Andreas. 2004. Metaphor and political discourse: analogical reasoning in debates about Europe. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. 2006. Metaphor scenarios in public discourse. Metaphor and Symbol 21(1), 23–38. Næss, Åshild. 2007. Prototypical transitivity. Typological studies in language 72. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Naigles, L. R., E. Hoff, D. Vear, M. Tomasello, S. Brandt, S. R. Waxman, W. A. Collins. 2009. Flexibility in early verb use: evidence from a multiple-n diary study. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development. Oxford: John Wiley. Namiki, Takayasu. 2010. Morphological variation in Japanese compounds: the case of hoodai and the notion of ‘compound-specific meaning.’ Lingua 120, 2367–87. Namiki, Takayasu, and Taro Kageyama 2016. Word structure and headedness. In Taro Kageyama and Hideki Kishimoto (eds.), Handbook of Japanese lexicon and word formation, 201–35. Berlin: De Gruyter. Narayan, Shweta. 1997. Knowledge-based action representations for metaphor and aspect (KARMA). PhD dissertation. University of California, Berkeley. 2000. Mappings in art and language: conceptual mappings in Neil Gaiman’s Sandman. Unpublished senior honors thesis in Cognitive Science. University of California, Berkeley.


773

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2012. ‘Maybe what it means is he actually got the spot’: physical and cognitive viewpoint in a gesture study. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective, 113–35. Cambridge University Press. Nathan, Geoffrey S. 1986. Phonemes as mental categories. Proceedings of the 12th Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society 12, 212–24. 2007a. Is the phoneme usage-based? – Some issues. International Journal of English Studies 6(2), 173–95. 2007b. Phonology. In Dirk Geeraerts and Hubert Cuykens (eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, 611–31. Oxford University Press. 2008. Phonology: a Cognitive Grammar introduction. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 2009. Where is the natural phonology phoneme in 2009. Poznan´ Studies in Contemporary Linguistics 45(1), 141–48. 2015. Phonology. In Ewa Da˛browska and Dagmar Divjak (eds), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 253–73. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Nayak, Naomi P., and Raymond W. Gibbs, Jr. 1990. Conceptual knowledge in the interpretation of idioms. Journal of Experimental Psychology 119(3), 315–30. Nemoto, Noriko. 1998. On the polysemy of ditransitive save: the role of frame semantics in construction grammar. English Linguistics 15, 219–42. 2005. Verbal polysemy and Frame Semantics in Construction Grammar: some observations about the locative alternation. In M. Fried and H. C. Boas (eds.), Grammatical constructions: back to the roots, 119–38. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Nesset, Tore. 2008. Abstract phonology in a concrete model: cognitive linguistics and the morphology-phonology interface. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Nesset, Tore, and Laura A. Janda. 2010. Paradigm structure: evidence from Russian suffix shift. Cognitive Linguistics 21, 699–725. Nesset, Tore, A. Endresen, L. Janda, A. Makarova, F. Steen, and M. Turner. 2013. How here and now in Russian and English establish joint attention in TV news broadcasts. Russian Linguistics 37, 229–51. Neuman, Yair, Dan Assaf, Yohai Cohen, Mark Last, Shlomo Argamon, Netwon Howard, and Ophir Frieder. 2013. Metaphor identification in large texts corpora. PloS ONE 8(4), 1–9. Neville, H. 1995. Developmental specificity in neurocognitive development in humans. In M. S. Gazzaniga (ed.), The cognitive neurosciences, 219–31, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press Newell, Karl M., and P. Vernon McDonald. 1997. The development of grip patterns in infancy. In Kevin Connolly and Hans Forssberg (eds.). Neurophysiology and neuropsychology, 232–56. London: McKeith Press. Newman, Aaron J., Ted Supalla, Nina Fernandez, Elissa L. Newport, and Daphne Bavelier. 2015. Neural systems supporting linguistic structure, linguistic experience, and symbolic communication in sign

773


774

774

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

language and gesture. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 112 (37), 11684–89. Newman, John. 1996. Give: a cognitive linguistic study. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. (ed.). 1998. The linguistics of giving. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2002. The linguistics of sitting, standing, and lying. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2009. The linguistics of eating and drinking. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Newport, Elissa L. 2016. Statistical language learning: computational, maturational and linguistic constraints. Special issue: usage-based approaches to language and language issues. Language and Cognition 8, 3. Nichols, Johanna. 1984. Functionalist theories of grammar. Annual Review of Anthropology 13, 97–117. 1988. On alienable and inalienable possession. In William Shipley (ed.), In honor of Mary Haas: from the Haas Festival Conference on Native American Linguistics, 557–609. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Nickels, Ernest. 2007. Good guys wear black: uniform color and citizen impressions of police. Policing: An International Journal of Police Strategies and Management 31(1), 77–92. Niederhoff, Burkhard. 2009a. Focalization. In Peter Hu¨hn, John Pier, Wolf Schmid, and Jo¨rg Scho¨nert (eds.), Handbook of narratology, 115–23. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 2009b. Perspective/point of view. In Peter Hu¨hn, John Pier, Wolf Schmid, and Jo¨rg Scho¨nert (eds.), Handbook of narratology, 384–97. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Niemeier, Susanne. 2008. The notion of boundedness/unboundedness in the foreign language classroom. In Frank Boers and Seth Lindstromberg (eds.), Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabulary and phraseology, 309–27. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Nikiforidou, Kiki. 2010. Viewpoint and construction grammar: the case of past + now. Language and Literature 19(3), 265–84. 2012. The constructional underpinnings of viewpoint blends: the past + now in language and literature. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint and perspective in language and gesture, 177–97. Cambridge University Press. Nikiforidou, Kiki, and Kerstin Fischer. 2015. On the interaction of constructions with register and genre: Introduction to the special issue. Constructions and Frames 7(2), 137–47. Nikiforidou, Kiki, Sophia Marmaridou, and George K. Mikros. 2014. What’s in a dialogic construction? A constructional approach to polysemy and the grammar of challenge. Cognitive Linguistics 25(4), 655–99. Noble, Claire, Faria Iqbal, Elena Lieven, and Anna Theakston. 2015. Converging and competing cues in the acquisition of syntactic structures: the conjoined agent intransitive. Journal of Child Language 1, 1–32.


775

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Noe¨l, Dirk. 2007a. Diachronic construction grammar and grammaticalization theory. Functions of Language 14(2), 177–202. 2007b. Verb valency patterns, constructions and grammaticalization. In Thomas Herbst and Karin Ko¨tz-Votteler (eds.), Valency: theoretical, descriptive and cognitive issues. Trends in Linguistics, Studies and Monographs 187, 67–83. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008. The nominative and infinitive in Late Modern English: a diachronic constructionist approach. Journal of English Linguistics 36 (4), 314–40. Noe¨l, Dirk, and Timothy Colleman. 2009. The nominative and infinitive in English and Dutch: an exercise in contrastive diachronic construction grammar. Languages in Contrast 9, 144–81. Norde, Muriel, and Kristel Van Goethem. 2014. Bleaching, productivity and debonding of prefixoids: a corpus-based analysis of ‘giant’ in German and Swedish. Linguisticae Investigationes 37, 256–74. Norrick, Neal R. 2011. Conversational recipe telling. Journal of Pragmatics 43, 2740–61. Novack, Miriam A., Eliza L. Congdon, Naureen Hemani-Lopez, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2014. From action to abstraction: using the hands to learn math. Psychological Science 25 (4), 903–10. Nunberg, Geoffrey, Ivan A. Sag, and Thomas Wasow. 1994. Idioms. Language 70, 491–538. Nuń˜ez, Rafael, and Kensy Cooperrider. 2013. The tangle of space and time in human cognition. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 17(5), 220–29. Nuń˜ez, Rafael and Eve Sweetser. 2006a. Aymara, where the future is behind you: convergent evidence from language and gesture in the crosslinguistic comparison of spatial realizations of time. Cognitive Science 30, 410–50. 2006b. With the future behind them: convergent evidence from Aymara language and gesture in the crosslinguistic comparison of spatial construals of time. Cognitive Science 30(3), 401–50. Nuń˜ez, Rafael, Benjamin A. Motz, and Ursina Teuscher. 2006. Time after time: the psychological reality of the ego- and time-references-point distinction in metaphorical construals of time. Metaphor and Symbol 21, 133–46. Nuń˜ez, Rafael, Kensy Cooperrider, D. Doan, and Ju¨rg Wassmann. 2012. Contours of time: topographic construals of past, present, and future in the Yupno valley of Papua New Guinea. Cognition 124(1), 25–35. Nuyts, Jan. 2014. Notions of (inter)subjectivity. In Lieselotte Brems, Lobke Ghesquie`re, and Freek Van de Velde (eds.), Intersubjectivity and intersubjectification in grammar and discourse, 53–76. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Nycz, Jennifer. 2013. Changing words or changing rules? Second dialect acquisition and phonological representation. Journal of Pragmatics 52, 49–62.

775


776

776

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

O’Farrell, Maggie. 2013. Instructions for a heatwave. London: Tinderpress. O’Halloran, Kieran. 2007. Critical discourse analysis and the corpus-informed interpretation of metaphor at the register level. Applied Linguistics 28(1), 1–24. O’Leary, D. D., and Y. Nakagawa. 2002. Patterning centers, regulatory genes and extrinsic mechanisms controlling arealization of the neocortex. Current Opinion in Neurobiology 12, 14–25. Oakley, Todd. 1998. Conceptual blending, narrative discourse, and rhetoric. Cognitive Linguistics 9(4), 320–60. 2007. Image schemas. In D. Geeraerts and H. Cuyckens (eds.), Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, 214–35. New York: Oxford University Press. 2009. From attention to meaning: explorations in semiotics, linguistics and rhetoric. Bern: Lang Verlag. ¨ stman and Jef Verschueren 2012. Conceptual Integration. In Jan-Ola O (eds.), Handbook of pragmatics, vol. 6, 1–25. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2014. Semantic domains in the Dream of the Rood. International Journal for Language and Communication 40, 331–52. Oakley, Todd, and Per Aage Brandt. 2009. Hypotyposis: meta-representation, mind-reading, and fictive interaction. In Wolfgang Wildgen and Barend van Heusden (eds.), Metarepresentation, self-organization and art, 115–36. Berlin: Peter Lang. Oakley, Todd, and Seana Coulson. 2008. Connecting the dots: mental spaces and metaphoric language in discourse. In Todd Oakley and Anders Hougaard (eds.), Mental spaces approaches to discourse and interaction, 27–50. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Oakley, Todd, and Anders Hougaard. 2008. Mental spaces in discourse and interaction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Oakley, Todd, and David Kaufer. 2008. Experience by design: three layers of analysis in clinical reports. In Todd Oakley and Anders Hougaard (eds.), Mental spaces approaches to discourse and interaction, 149–78. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Oakley, Todd, and Vera Tobin. 2014. The whole is sometimes less than the sum of its parts: towards a theory of document acts. Language and Cognition 6(1), 79–110. Oben, Bert. 2015. Modelling interactive alignment: a multimodal and temporal account. PhD dissertation. University of Leuven. Oben, Bert, and Geert Broˆne. 2015. What you see is what you do: on the relation between gaze and gesture in multimodal alignment. Language and Cognition 7, 546–62. Obhi, S. Sukhvinder, and Natalie Sebanz. 2011. Moving together: toward understanding the mechanisms of joint action. Experimental Brain Research 211, 329–36. Occhino, Corrine. 2016. A cognitive approach to phonology: evidence from signed languages. PhD dissertation. University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.


777

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Ogura, Mieko. 2012. The timing of language change. In Juan Manuel Hernańdez-Campoy, Juan Camilo Conde-Silvestre (eds.), The Blackwell handbook of historical sociolinguistics, 427–50. Oxford: Blackwell. Ohara, Kyoko. 2009. Frame-based contrastive lexical semantics in Japanese FrameNet: the case of risk and kakeru. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Multilingual FrameNets: methods and applications, 163–82. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Ohara, Kyoko Hirose, Seiko Fujii, Toshio Ohori, Ryoko Suzuki, Hiroaki Saito, and Shun Ishizaki. 2004. The Japanese FrameNet Project: an introduction. Proceedings of the workshop on building lexical resources from semantically annotated corpora, 9–12. Ohm, Eyvind, and Valerie A. Thompson. 2004. Everyday reasoning with inducements and advice. Thinking and Reasoning 10(3), 241–72. Ojemann, George A. 1983. Brain organization for language from the perspective of electrical stimulation mapping. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 6, 189–230. Olofsson, Joel. 2014. Argument structure constructions and syntactic productivity – the case of Swedish Motion Constructions. Constructions 1 (7), 1–17. Open Science Collaboration. 2015. Estimating the reproducibility of psychological science. Science 349(6251), aac4716 1–8. Oppenheimer, Daniel M., and Thomas E. Trail. 2010. When leaning to the left makes you lean to the left. Social Cognition 28, 651–61. Orban, Guy A., David Van Essen, and Wim Vanduffel. 2004 Comparative mapping of higher visual areas in monkeys and humans. Trends in Cognitive Science 8, 315–24. Ortega, Lourdes, Andrea Tyler, Hae In Park, and Mariko Uno (eds.). 2016. The usage-based study of language learning and multilingualism. Georgetown University Press. Osborne, Timothy, and Thomas Gross. 2012. Constructions are catenae: construction grammar meets dependency grammar. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 165–216. Osthoff, Hermann, and Karl Brugmann. 1887. Morphologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen. Vol. 1. Leipzig: S. Hirzel. ¨ Ostman, Jan-Ola. 2002. Sulvan kansan wellerismit konstruktiona. In Ilona Herlin, Jyrki Kalliokoski, Lari Kotilainen, and Tiina Onikki Rantajaä¨sko¨. (eds.), Aïdinkielen merkitykset, 75–97. Helsinki: Finnish Literature Society. ¨ stman and 2005. Construction discourse: a prolegomenon. In Jan-Ola O Mirjam Fried (eds.), Construction grammars: cognitive grounding and theoretical extensions, 121–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. ¨ stman, Jan-Ola, and Graeme Trousdale. 2013. Dialects, discourse, and O construction grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 476–90. Oxford University Press.

777


778

778

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Ouellet, Marc, Julio Santiago, Ziv Israeli, and Shai Gabay. 2010. Is the future the right time? Experimental Psychology 57(4), 308–14. Palmer, Gary. 1996. Toward a theory of cultural linguistics. Austin: University of Texas Press. Palmer, Gary, Cliff Goddard, and Penny Lee (eds.). 2003. Talking about thinking across languages. Special issue of Cognitive Linguistics 14 (2/3). Pang, Kam-yiu S. 2005. ‘This is the linguist in me speaking’: constructions for talking about the self talking. Functions of Language 12(1), 1–38. Panther, Klaus-Uwe. 2005. The role of conceptual metonymy in meaning construction. In Francisco J. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez and M. Sandra Penã Cervel (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: internal dynamics and interdisciplinary interaction, 353–86. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Panther, Klaus-Uwe, and Gu¨nter Radden (eds.). 2004. Metonymy in language and thought. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1999. Metonymy in language and thought. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Panther, Klaus-Uwe, and Linda Thornburg. 1998. A cognitive approach to inferencing in conversation. Journal of Pragmatics 30, 755–69. (eds.). 2003. Metonymy and pragmatic inferencing. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2007. Metonymy. In Dirk Geeraerts and Hubert Cuykens (eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, 236–62. Oxford University Press. 2009. On figuration in grammar. In Klaus-Uwe Panther, Linda Thornburg, and Antonio Barcelona (eds.), Metonymy and metaphor in grammar, 1–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Panther, Klaus-Uwe, Linda Thornburg, and Antonio Barcelona (eds.). 2009. Metonymy and metaphor in grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Paradis, Johanne, Elena Nicoladis, Martha Crago, and Fred Genesee. 2011. Bilingual children’s acquisition of the past tense: a usage-based approach. Journal of Child Language 38(3), 554–78. Pardo, Jennifer S. 2006. On phonetic convergence during conversational interaction. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 119, 2382. Parise, Cesare V., Katharina Knorre, and Marc O. Ernst. 2014. Natural auditory scene statistics shapes human spatial hearing. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 111(16), 6104–08. Parrill, Fey. 2008. Subjects in the hands of speakers: an experimental study of syntactic subject and speech-gesture integration. Cognitive Linguistics 19(2), 283–99. 2009. Dual viewpoint gestures. Gesture 9(3), 271–89. 2010. Viewpoint in speech-gesture integration: linguistic structure, discourse structure, and event structure. Language and Cognitive Processes 25(5), 650–68. 2012. Interactions between discourse status and viewpoint in cospeech gesture. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective, 97–112. Cambridge University Press.


779

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Parrill, Fey, and Eve Sweetser. 2004. What we mean by meaning: Conceptual Integration in gesture analysis and transcription. Gesture 4(2), 197–219. Parrill, Fey, Benjamin K. Bergen, and Patricia V. Lichtenstein. 2013. Grammatical aspect, gesture, and conceptualization: using co-speech gesture to reveal event representations. Cognitive Linguistics 24(1), 135–58. Parrill, Fey, Vera Tobin, and Mark Turner (eds.). 2010. Meaning, form, and body. University of Chicago Press. Partington, Alan, Alison Duguid, and Charlotte Taylor. 2013. Patterns and meanings in discourse: theory and practice in corpus-assisted discourse studies. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pascual, Esther. 2002. Imaginary trialogues: conceptual Blending and fictive interaction in criminal courts. Utrecht: LOT. 2006a. Questions in legal monologues: fictive interaction as argumentative strategy in a murder trial. Text and Talk 26(3), 383–402. 2006b. Fictive interaction within the sentence: a communicative type of fictivity in grammar. Cognitive Linguistics 17(2), 245–267. 2008a. Fictive interaction blends in everyday life and courtroom settings. In Todd Oakley and Anders Hougaard (eds.), Mental spaces in discourse and interaction, 79–107. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2008b. Text for context, trial for trialogue: an ethnographic study of a fictive interaction blend. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 6, 50–82. 2014. Fictive interaction: the conversation frame in thought, language, and discourse. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pascual, Esther, and Line Brandt. 2015. Embodied fictive interaction metaphors: the primacy of the Conversation Frame in dance discourse. In Sander Lestrade, Peter de Swart, and Lotte Hogeweg (eds.), Addenda. Artikelen voor Ad Foolen, 321–34. Nijmegen: Radboud Repository. Pascual, Esther, and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.). 2016. The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pascual, Esther, Emilia Kro´lak, and Theo A.J.M. Janssen. 2013. Direct speech compounds: evoking sociocultural scenarios through fictive interaction. Cognitive Linguistics 24(2), 345–66. Patten, Amanda. 2010. Grammaticalization and the it-cleft construction. In Graeme Trausdale and Elizabeth C. Traugott (eds.), Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization, 221–43. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Paxton, Alexandra, Drew H. Abney, Christopher T. Kello, and Rick Dale. 2014. Network analysis of multimodal, multiscale coordination in dyadic problem solving. Proceedings of the 36th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society, 2735–40. Pearson, Richard G. 1961. Judgment of volume from two-dimensional representations of complex irregular shapes. PhD dissertation. Carnegie Institute of Technology.

779


780

780

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

1964. Judgment of volume from photographs of complex shapes. Perceptual and Motor Skills 18, 889–900. Pederson, Eric, Eve Danziger, David Wilkins, Stephen Levinson, Sotaro Kita, and Gunter Senft. 1998. Semantic typology and spatial conceptualization. Language 74, 557–89. Peirce, Charles Sanders. 1932. Collected writings, 2: Elements of logic. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Penã, Jorge, Jeffrey T. Hancock, and Nicholas A. Merola. 2009. The priming effects of avatars in virtual settings. Communication Research 36(6), 838–56. Pentrel, Meike. 2015. The position of adverbial clauses in the diary of Samuel Pepys (1660–1669): a cognitive historical study. PhD dissertation. Osnabru¨ck University. Perdue, Clive (ed.) 1993. Adult Language Acquisition. Vol 1: Field Methods. Cambridge University Press. Perek, Florent. 2014. Rethinking constructional polysemy: the case of the English conative construction. In Dylan Glynn and Justyna Robinson (eds.), Corpus methods for semantics: quantitative studies in polysemy and synonymy, 61–85. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2015. Argument structure in usage-based construction grammar: experimental and corpus-based perspectives. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Perry, Michelle, R. Breckinridge Church, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 1988. Transitional knowledge in the acquisition of concepts. Cognitive Development 3(4), 359–400. Petitto, L. A., R. J. Zatorre, K. Gauna, E. J. Nikelski, D. Dostie, and A. C. Evans. 2000. Speech-like cerebral activity in profoundly deaf people processing signed languages: implications for the neural basis of human language. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 97(25), 13961–66. Petre´, Peter. 2014. Constructions and environments: copular, passive and related constructions in Old and Middle English: Oxford Studies in the History of English 4. Oxford University Press. Petre´, Peter, and Hubert Cuyckens. 2008. Bedusted, yet not beheaded: the role of be-’s constructional properties in its conservation. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.). Constructions and language change, 133–70. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Petruck, Miriam R. L. 1996. Frame semantics. In Jef Verschueren, Jan-Ola ¨ stman, Jan Blommaert, and Chris Bulcaen (eds.), Handbook of pragO matics, 1–11. Philadelphia: John Benjamins. 2009. Typological considerations in constructing a Hebrew FrameNet. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Multilingual FrameNets: methods and applications, 183–208. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2013. Advances in frame semantics. In M. Fried and K. Nikiforidou (eds.), Advances in frame semantics, 1–12. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Petruck, Miriam R. L., and Hans C. Boas. 2003. All in a day’s week. In E. Hajicova, A. Kotesovcova and Jiri Mirovsky (eds.), Proceedings of CIL 17, CD-ROM. Prague: Matfyzpress.


781

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Petruck, Miriam R. L., Charles J. Fillmore, Collin Baker, Michael Ellsworth, and Josef Ruppenhofer. 2004. Reframing FrameNet data. Proceedings of the 11th EURALEX International Congress, Lorient, France, 405–16. Pfau, Roland and Martin Steinbach. 2006. Modality independent and modality specific aspects of grammaticalization in Sign Languages. Potsdam: Universita¨tsverlag Potsdam. Piaget, Jean. 1962. Play, dreams, and imitation in childhood. New York: W. W. Norton. 1972. The psychology of the child. New York: Basic Books. 1990. The child’s conception of the world. New York: Littlefield Adams. Pickering, Martin J., and Simon Garrod. 2004. Towards a mechanistic psychology of dialogue. Behavioural and Brain Sciences 27, 169–225. 2006. Alignment as the basis for successful communication. Research on Language and Communication 4, 203–88. Pierrehumbert, Janet B. 2001. Exemplar dynamics: word frequency, lenition, and contrast. In Joan Bybee and Paul J. Hopper (eds.), Frequency and the emergence of linguistic structure, 137–57. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2002. Word-specific phonetics. In Carlos Gussenhoven and Natasha Warner (eds.). Laboratory phonology 7, 101–39. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2003a. Probabilistic phonology: discrimination and robustness. In Rens Bod, Jennifer Hay, and Stefanie Jannedy (eds.), Probabilistic linguistics, 177–228. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2003b. Phonetic diversity, statistical learning, and acquisition of phonology. Language and Speech 46(2–3), 115–54. 2006. The next toolkit. Journal of Phonetics 34, 516–30. Pine, Karen J., Nicola Lufkin, and David Messer. 2004. More gestures than answers: children learning about balance. Developmental Psychology 40(6), 1059–67. Ping, Raedy, and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2008. Hands in the air: using ungrounded iconic gestures to teach children conservation of quantity. Developmental Psychology 44 (5), 1277–87. Ping, Raedy, Susan Goldin-Meadow, and Sian L. Beilock. 2014. Understanding gesture: is the listener’s motor system involved? Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 143(1), 195–204. Pinker, Steven. 1989. Learnability and cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1997. How the mind works. New York: W. W. Norton. 2007. The stuff of thought. New York: Basic Books. Pitt, Benjamin, and Daniel Casasanto. 2014. Experiential origins of the mental number line. In Paul Bello, Marcello Guarini, Marjorie McShane, and Brian Scassellati (eds.), Proceedings of the 36th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 1174–79. Austin: Cognitive Science Society. In prep. Reading experience shapes the mental timeline but not the mental number line.

781


782

782

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Pizzuto, Elena, and Sherman Wilcox. 2001. A study of modal verbs, subjectivity, and gesture in Italian Sign Language: final report, Italian National Research Council, Short Term Mobility Grant Programme. Plag, Ingo, Christiane Dalton-Puffer, and R. Harald Baayen. 1999. Productivity and register. English Language and Linguistics 3, 209–28. Plank, Frans. 1984. The modals story retold. Studies in Language 8, 306–64. Poeppel, David, William Idsardi, and Virginie van Wassenhove. 2008. Speech perception at the interface of neurobiology and linguistics. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society 363, 1071–86. Pollard, Carl, and Ivan A. Sag. 1994. Head-driven phrase structure grammar. University of Chicago Press. Port, Robert. 2007. How are words stored in memory? Beyond phones and phonemes. New Ideas in Psychology 25, 143–70. 2010. Language as a social institution: why phonemes and words do not live in the brain. Ecological Psychology 22, 304–26. Portner, P. H., and B. H. Partee. 2002. Formal semantics: the essential readings. Oxford: John Wiley and Sons. Poser, William. 1990. Foot structure in Japanese. Language 66(1), 78–105. Pragglejaz Group. 2007. MIP: a method for identifying metaphorically used words in discourse. Metaphor and Symbol 22(1), 1–39. Pratt, Carroll C. 1930. The spatial character of high and low tones. Journal of Experimental Psychology 13, 278–85. Preston, Dennis. 2013. The influence of regard on language variation and change. Journal of Pragmatics 52, 93–104. Price, Cathy J. 2012. A review and synthesis of the first 20years of PET and fMRI studies of heard speech, spoken language and reading. Neuroimage 62(2), 816–47. Pullum, Geoffrey K. 1991. The great Eskimo vocabulary hoax and other irreverent essays on the study of language. University of Chicago Press. Pulvermu¨ller, Friedemann. 1993. On connecting syntax and the brain. In Ad Aertsen (ed.), Brain theory: spatio-temporal aspects of brain function, 131–45. New York: Elsevier. 2003. The neuroscience of language. Cambridge University Press. 2010. Brain embodiment of syntax and grammar: discrete combinatorial mechanisms spelt out in neuronal circuits. Brain and Language 112(3), 167–79. Pulvermu¨ller, Friedemann, and Andreas Knoblauch. 2009. Discrete combinatorial circuits emerging in neural networks: a mechanism for rules of grammar in the human brain? Neural Networks 22(2), 161–72. Pulvermu¨ller, Friedemann, Bert Cappelle, and Yury Shtyrov. 2013. Brain basis of meaning, words, constructions, and grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 397–416. Oxford University Press. Pulvermu¨ller, Friedemann, Yury Shtyrov, and Bert Cappelle. 2013. Brain basis of meaning, words, constructions, and grammar.


783

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 397–416. Oxford University Press. Pulvermuller, Friedemann, Y. Shtyrov, and R. Ilmoniemi. 2005. Brain signatures of meaning access in action word recognition. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 17, 884–92. Pu¨tz, Martin, and Marjolijn H. Verspoor (eds.). 2000. Explorations in linguistic relativity. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pu¨tz, Martin, Justyna A. Robinson, and Monika Reif (eds.). 2014. Cognitive sociolinguistics: social and cultural variation in cognition and language use. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Quine, Willard van Orman. 1951. Two dogmas of empiricism. The Philosophical Review 60 (1), 20–43. 1960. Word and object. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Quinto-Pozos, David, and Fey Parrill. 2015. Signers and co-speech gesturers adopt similar strategies for portraying viewpoint in narratives. Topics in Cognitive Science 7(1), 12–35. R Development Core Team. 2010. R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing. Vienna, Austria: R Foundation for Statistical Computing. Radden, Gu¨nter P. 1997. Time is space. In Birgit Smieja and Meike Tasch (eds.), Human Contact through Language and Linguistics, 147–66. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Radden, Gu¨nther P., and Zoltan Ko¨vecses. 1999. Towards a theory of metonymy. In Klaus-Uwe Panther and Gu¨nther Radden (eds.), Metonymy in language and thought, 17–59. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Radden, Gu¨nther P., Klaus-Michael Ko¨pcke, Thomas Berg, and Peter Siemund (eds.). 2007. Aspects of meaning construction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Rainer, Franz. 2013. Morphological metaphysics: virtual, potential and actual words. Word Structure 5, 165–812. Ralli, Angela. 2013. Compounding in Modern Greek. Dordrecht: Springer. Ramscar, Michael, Teenie Matlock, and Melody Dye. 2010. Running down the clock: the role of expectation in our understanding of time and motion. Language and Cognitive Processes 25, 589–615. Rapp, Alexander, Michael Erb, Wolfgang Grodd, Mathias Bartels, and Katja Markert. 2011. Neurological correlates of metonymy resolution. Brain and Language 119(3), 196–205. Rappaport Hovav, Malka, and Beth Levin. 1998. Building verb meaning. In M. Butt and W. Geuder (eds.), The Projection of Arguments, 97–134. Stanford: CSLI. Rauscher, Francis H., Robert M. Krauss, and Yihsiu Chen. 1996. Gesture, speech, and lexical access: the role of lexical movements in speech production. Psychological Science 7(4), 226–31. Raymond, William D., and Esther L. Brown. 2012. Are effects of word frequency effects of context of use? An analysis of initial fricative

783


784

784

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

reduction in Spanish. In Stefan Th. Gries and Dagmar S. Divjak (eds.), Frequency effects in language learning and processing, 35–52. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Rayson, Paul. 2008. From key words to key semantic domains. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 13(4), 519–49. Reagan, Timothy G. 2010. Language policy and planning for sign languages. Washington, DC: Gallaudet University Press. Redcay, E., F. Haist, and E. Courchesne. 2008. Functional neuroim-aging of speech during a pivotal period in language acquisition. Developmental Science 11, 237–52. Reddy, Michael J. 1979. The conduit metaphor: a case of frame conflict in our language about language. In Andrew Ortony (ed.). Metaphor and thought, 284–324. Cambridge University Press. Reitter, David, Johanna D. Moore, and Frank Keller. 2006. Priming of syntactic rules in task-oriented dialogue and spontaneous conversation. Proceedings of the 28th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society, 685–90. Renouf, Antoinette. 2001. Lexical signals of word relations. In Mike Scott and Geoff Thompson (eds.), Patterns of text: in honour of Michael Hoey, 35–54. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Reuneker, Alex. 2016. Conditional use of prepositional phrases in Dutch: the case of zonder (‘without’). In J. Audring and S. Lestrade (eds.), Linguistics in the Netherlands 33. 121–34. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Rhee, Seongha. 2004. From discourse to grammar: grammaticalization and lexicalization of rhetorical questions in Korean. LACUS Forum 30, 413–23. Rhenius, Charles and Theophilus Ewald. 1836. A grammar of the Tamil language. Madras: Church Mission Press. Rice, Sally. 2011. Applied field linguistics: delivering linguistic training to speakers of endangered languages. Language and Education 25, 319–38. In press. Phraseology and polysynthesis. In Nicholas Evans, Marianne Mithun, and Michael Fortescue (eds.), The Oxford handbook of polysynthesis. Oxford University Press. Rice, Sally, and John Newman (eds.). 2010. Empirical and experimental methods in cognitive/functional research. Stanford: CSLI. Richards, A. 1936. Metaphor, a lecture delivered in 1936. The Philosophy of Rhetoric. New York: Oxford University Press. Richardson, Daniel C., and Teenie Matlock. 2007. The integration of figurative language and static depictions: an eye movement study of fictive motion. Cognition 102(1). 129–38. Richardson, Daniel C., Rick Dale, and Michael J. Spivey. 2007. Eye movements in language and cognition. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Empirical Methods in Cognitive Linguistics, 323–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


785

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Richardson, Daniel C., Michael Spivey, Lawrence Barsalou, and Ken McCrae. 2003. Spatial representations activated during real-time comprehension of verbs. Cognitive Science 27, 767–80. Riemer, Nick. 2015. Word meanings. In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 305–19. Oxford University Press. Ritchie, Graeme. 2006. Reinterpretation and viewpoints. Humor 19(3), 251–70. Rizzolatti, Giacomo, Leonardo Fogassi, and Vittorio Gallese. 2001. Neurophysiological mechanisms underlying the understanding and imitation of action. Nature Neuroscience Reviews 2(9), 661–70. Robenalt, Clarice, and Adele E. Goldberg. 2015. Judgment evidence for statistical preemption: it is relatively better to vanish than to disappear a rabbit, but a lifeguard can equally well backstroke or swim children to shore. Cognitive Linguistics 26(3), 467–504. Roberts, Seań, and James Winters. 2013. Linguistic diversity and traffic accidents: lessons from statistical studies of cultural traits. PLOSone 8 (8), e70902. Roberts Seań G., Francisco Torreira, and Stephen C. Levinson. 2015. The effects of processing and sequence organization on the timing of turn taking: a corpus study. Frontiers in Psychology 6, 509. Robinson, Peter, and Nick C. Ellis (eds.). 2008. Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition. London: Routledge. Rocci, Andrea. 2008. Modality and its conversational backgrounds in the reconstruction of argumentation. Argumentation 22(2), 165–89. Rochat, Philippe. 2011. Primordial sense of embodied self-unity. In Virginia Slaughter and Celia A. Brownell (eds.), Early development of body representations, 3–18. Cambridge University Press. Ro¨der, Brigitte, Oliver Stock, Siegfried Bien, Helen Neville, and Frank Ro¨sler. 2002. Speech processing activates visual cortex in congenitally blind humans. European Journal of Neuroscience 16(5), 930–36. Roe, Anna W., Preston E. Garragthy, Manuel Esguerra, and Mriganka Sur. 1993. Experimentally induced visual projections to the auditory thalamus in ferrets: evidence for a W cell pathway. Journal of Computiational. Neuroscience 334, 263–80. Roffler, Suzanne K., and Robert A. Butler. 1968. Localization of tonal stimuli in the vertical plane. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 43, 1260–65. Rohlfing, Katharina J., Jannik Fritsch, Britta Wrede, and Tanja Jungmann. 2006. How can multimodal cues from child-directed interaction reduce learning complexity in robots? Advanced Robotics 20(10), 1183–99. Rohrer, Tim. 2007. The body in space: dimensions of embodiment. In T. Ziemke, J. Zlatev, and R. Frank (eds.), Body, language and mind, vol. 1, 339–78. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Roitman, Jamie D., Elizabeth M. Brannon, Jessica R. Andrews, and Michael L. Platt. 2007. Nonverbal representation of time and number in adults. Acta Psychologica,124, 296–318.

785


786

786

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Rojo, Ana. 2002. Frame semantics and the translation of humor. Babel: International Journal of Translation 48(1), 34–77. Romero Lauro, L. J., Giulia Mattavelli, Costanza Papagno, and Marco Tettamanti. 2013. She runs, the road runs, my mind runs, bad blood runs between us: literal and figurative motion verbs: an fMRI study. Neuroimage 83, 361–71. Rosch, Eleanor. 1973. Natural categories. Cognitive Psychology 4, 328–50. 1975. Universals and cultural specifics in human categorization. In Richard W. Brislin, Stephen Bochner, and Walter Josepth Lonner (eds.), Cross-cultural perspectives on learning, 177–206. New York: Wiley. 1978. Principles of categorization. In E. Rosch and B. Lloyd (eds.), Cognition and categorization, 27–48. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Rosch, Eleanor, and Carolyn B. Mervis. 1975. Family resemblances: studies in the internal structure of categories. Cognitive Psychology 7, 573–605. Rousse-Malpat, Audrey, and Marjolijn Verspoor. In prep. Instruction and assessment from a dynamic usage-based (DUB) perspective. In Andrea Tyler, Lourdes Ortega, Mariko Uno, and Hae In Park (eds.), Usage-inspired L2 instruction: Researched pedagogy. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Rowland, Caroline F. 2007. Explaining errors in children’s questions: auxiliary DO and modal auxiliaries. Cognition 104, 106–34. Rowland, Caroline F., and Julian Pine. 2000. Subject-auxiliary inversion errors and wh-question acquisition: ‘What children do know?’ Journal of Child Language 27(1), 157–81. Roy, Arundhati. 1997 [2009]. The God of small things. London: Harper Collins. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez, Francisco Jose´. 2008. Cross-linguistic analysis, second language teaching and cognitive semantics: the case of Spanish diminutives and reflexive constructions. In S. De Knop and T. De Rycker (eds.), Cognitive approaches to pedagogical grammar: A volume in honor of Rene Dirven, 121–55. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyer. 1998. On the nature of blending as a cognitive phenomenon. Journal of Pragmatics 30, 259–74. 2000. The role of mappings and domains in understanding metonymy. In Antonio Barcelona (ed.). Metaphor and metonymy at the crossroads, 109–32. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez, Francisco, and Jose´ Luis Otal Campo. 2002. Metonymy, grammar and communication. Granada: Comares Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez, Francisco, and Olga Diez Velasco. 2003. Patterns of conceptual interaction, In Rene´ Dirven and Ralf Po¨rings (eds.), Metaphor and metonymy in comparison and contrast, 489–532. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez, Francisco, and Lorena Pe´rez Hernańdez. 2003. Cognitive operations and pragmatic implication, In Klaus-Uwe Panther and Linda Thornburg (eds.), Metonymy and pragmatic inferencing, 23–50. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.


787

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Ruiz de Mendoza Ibań˜ez, Francisco, and Ricardo Mairal Uson. 2007. High level metaphor and metonymy in meaning construction. In Gu¨nther Radden, Klaus-Michael Ko¨pcke, Thomas Berg, and Peter Siemund (eds.), Aspects of meaning construction, 33–49. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Rundblad, Gabriella, and Dagmara Annaz. 2010. Metaphor and metonymy comprehension: receptive vocabulary and conceptual knowledge. British Journal of Developmental Psychology 28, 547–63. Ruppenhofer, Hans C., Josef Boas, and Collin Baker. 2013. The FrameNet approach to relating syntax and semantics. In R. H. Gouws, U. Heid, W. Schweickhard, and H. E. Wiegand (eds.), Dictionaries: an international encyclopedia of lexicography, 1320–29. Berlin: Mouton. Ruppenhofer, Josef, and Laura A. Michaelis. 2010. A constructional account of genre-based argument omissions. Constructions and Frames 2, 158–84. Ruppenhofer, Josef, Michael Ellsworth, Miriam R. L. Petruck, Christopher R. Johnson, and Jan Scheffczyk. 2010. FrameNet II: extended theory and practice. Berkeley: International Computer Science Institute. Russo, Tommaso. 2005. A crosslinguistic, cross-cultural analysis of metaphors in two Italian Sign Language (LIS) Registers. Sign Language Studies 5(3), 333–59. Sacks, Harvey, Emanuel A. Schegloff, and Gail Jefferson. 1974. A simplest systematics for the organization of turn taking for conversation. Language 50(4), 696–735. Sag, Ivan A. 1997. English relative clause constructions. Journal of Linguistics 33, 431–84. 2010. English filler-gap constructions. Language 86(3), 486–545. 2012. Sign-based Construction Grammar: an informal synopsis. In H. C. Boas and I. A. Sag (eds.), Sign-based Construction Grammar, 69–202. Stanford: CSLI. Sag, Ivan A., Hans C. Boas, and Paul Kay. 2012. Introducing sign-based construction grammar. In Hans C. Boas and Ivan A. Sag (eds.), Signbased construction grammar, 1–30. Stanford: CSLI. Sag, Ivan A., Thomas Wasow, and Emily M. Bender. 2003. Syntactic theory: a formal introduction. Stanford: CSLI. Sagerer Gerhard, Hans-Ju¨rgen Eikmeyer, and Gert Rickheit. 1994. ‘Wir bauen jetzt ein Flugzeug’Ł Konstruieren im Dialog. Arbeitsmaterialien. Technical Report SFB 360, Bielefeld University. Sahin, N. T., Pinker, S., Cash, S. S., Schomer, D., and Halgren, E. 2009. Sequential processing of lexical, grammatical, and phonological information within Broca’s area. Science 326(5951), 445–49. Salomaõ, Maria, Margarida Martins, Tiago Timponi Torrent, and Thais Fernandes Sampaio. 2013. A linguı´stica de corpus encontra a linguı´stica computacional: notıćias do projeto FrameNet Brasil. Cadernos de Estudos Linguı´sticos 55(1), 7–34.

787


788

788

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Sampson, Geoffrey. 2015. Writing systems. Sheffield: Equinox. Sanders, Jose´. 2010. Intertwined voices: journalists’ modes of representing source information in journalistic subgenres. English Text Construction 3 (2), 226–49. Sanders, Jose´, and Gisela Redeker. 1996. Perspective and the representation of speech and thought in narrative discourse. In Gilles Fauconnier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Spaces, worlds, and grammar, 290–317. University of Chicago Press. Sanders, Ted J. M., Jose´ Sanders, and Eve Sweetser. 2009. Causality, cognition and communication: a mental space analysis of subjectivity in causal connectives. In Ted Sanders and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Causal categories in discourse and cognition, 19–60. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Sandler, Wendy. 1999. A prosodic model of sign language phonology. Phonology 16(3), 443–47. 2009. Symbiotic symbolization by hand and mouth in sign language. Semiotica: Journal of the International Association for Semiotic Studies/Revue de l’Association Internationale de Se´miotique 174, 241–75. Sandra, Dominiek, and Sally Rice. 1995. Network analyses of prepositional meaning: mirroring whose mind – the linguist’s or the language user’s? Cognitive Linguistics 6(1), 89–130. Sanford, Anthony, and Catherine Emmott. 2012. Mind, brain, and narrative. Cambridge University Press. Santiago, Julio, Juan Lupiań˜ez, Elvira Pe´rez, and Marıá J. Funes. 2007. Time (also) flies from left to right. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review 14(3), 512–16. Sapir, Edward. 1972. The psychological reality of phonemes [La reálite´ pschologique des phone`mes]. In Valerie Becker Makkai (ed.), Phonological theory: evolution and current practice, 22–31. New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston. Trans. in and reprinted from the Journal de psychologie normale et pathologique 30, 247–65. 1921. Language: An introduction to the study of speech. New York: Harcourt. Sarvasy, Hannah. 2014. A grammar of Nungon: a Papuan language of the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. PhD dissertation. James Cook University, Cairns. Sasse, Hans-Ju¨rgen. 1993. Syntactic categories and subcategories. In Joachim Jacobs, Arnim von Stechow, Wolfgang Sternefeld, and Theo Vennemann (eds.), Syntax. Ein internationales Handbuch zeitgeno¨ssischer Forschung, 646–86. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Sato, Hiroaki. 2008. New functions of FrameSQL for multilingual FrameNets. Proceedings of the Sixth International Language Resources and Evaluation Conference (LREC), 758–62, Marrakech, Morocco. Saur, Dorothee, Ru¨diger Lange, Annette Baumgaertner, Valeska Schraknepper, Klaus Willmes, Michel Rijntjes, and Cornelius Weiller. 2006. Dynamics of language reorganization after stroke. Brain 129, 1371–84.


789

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Savage, Ceri, Elena Lieven, Anna Theakston, and Michael Tomasello. 2006. Structural priming as learning in language acquisition: the persistence of lexical and structural priming in 4-year-olds. Language Learning and Development 2, 27–49. Saygin, Ayse P., Stephen McCullough, Morana Alac, and Karen Emmorey. 2010. Modulation of BOLD response in motion-sensitive lateral temporal cortex by real and fictive motion sentences. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience 22(11), 2480–90. Scarry, Elaine. 1987. The body in pain: the making and unmaking of the world. Oxford University Press. Schane, Sanford A. 1968. French phonology and morphology. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Schank, Roger, and Robert Abelson. 1977. Scripts, plans, goals and understanding: an inquiry into human knowledge structures. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum. Schegloff, Emanuel A. 1968. Sequencing in conversational openings. American Anthropologist 70(6), 1075–95 1972. Notes on a conversational practice: formulating place. In David N. Sudnow (ed.), Studies in social interaction, 75–119. New York: MacMillan, Free Press. 1984. On some gestures’ relation to talk. In J. M. Atkinson and J. Heritage (eds.), Structures of social action, 266–98. Cambridge University Press. 2007. Sequence organization in interaction: a primer in conversation analysis, volume 1. Cambridge University Press. Schegloff, Emanuel A., Gail Jefferson, and Harvey Sacks. 1977. The preference for self-correction in the organization of repair in conversation. Language 53(2), 361–82. Schembri, Adam, and Trevor Johnston. 2012. Sociolinguistic aspects of variation and change. In Roland Pfau, Martin Steinbach, and Bencie Woll (eds.), Sign language: an international handbook. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Schilder, Frank. 2001. Presupposition triggered by temporal connectives. In Miriam Bras and Laure Vieu (eds.), Semantic and pragmatic issues in discourse and dialogue: experimenting with current dynamic theories, 85–108. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Schilling-Estes, Natalie. 2002. Investigating stylistic variation. In Jack K. Chambers, Peter Trudgill, and Natalie Schilling-Estes (eds.), The handbook of language variation and change, 375–401. Malden, MA: Blackwell. Schmid, Hans-Jo¨rg. 1993. Cottage and co., idea, start vs. begin. Tu¨bingen: Max Niemeyer. Schmid, Hans-Jo¨rg, and Helmut Ku¨chenhoff. 2013. Collostructional analysis and other ways of measuring lexicogrammatical attraction: theoretical premises, practical problems and cognitive underpinnings. Cognitive Linguistics 24, 531–77.

789


790

790

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Schmidt, Thomas. 2009. The Kicktionary – a multilingual lexical resource of football language. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Multilingual FrameNets: methods and applications, 101–34. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Schmitt, Reinhold. 2005. Zur multimodalen Struktur von turn-taking. Gespra¨chsforschung 6, 17–61. Schober, Michael F. 1995. Speakers, addressees, and frames of reference: whose effort is minimized in conversations about location? Discourse Processes 20(2), 219–47. Scho¨nefeld, Doris. 2006. From conceptualization to linguistic expression: where languages diversify. In Stefan Th. Gries and Anatol Stefanowitsch (eds.), Corpora in cognitive linguistics: the syntaxlexis interface, 297–344. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. (ed.). 2011. Converging evidence: methodological and theoretical issues for linguistic research. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Schoonjans, Steven. 2013a. The distribution of downtoning gestures: a pilot study. TiGeR 2013, 1–4. 2013b. Is gesture subject to grammaticalization? Studies van de BKL 8, 30–43. 2014a. Modalpartikeln als multimodale Konstruktionen: eine korpusbasierte Kookkurrenzanalyse von Modalpartikeln und Gestik im Deutschen. PhD dissertation. University of Leuven. 2014b. Gestische Modalpartikeln oder Modalpartikelgesten? Zur Kookkurrenz von Modalpartikeln und Gestikmustern im Deutschen. Bavarian Working Papers in Linguistics 3, 91–106. Schoonjans, Steven, and Elisabeth Zima. 2014. The frequency issue in multimodal construction grammar. ICCG 8, Osnabru¨ck, 3–6 September 2014, n. pag. Schoonjans, Steven, Geert Broˆne, and Kurt Feyaerts. 2015. Multimodalita¨t in der Konstruktionsgrammatik: eine kritische Betrachtung illustriert anhand einer Gestikanalyse der Partikel einfach. In Jo¨rg Bu¨cker, Susanne Gu¨nthner, and Wolfgang Imo (eds.), Konstruktionsgrammatik V: Konstruktionen im Spannungsfeld von sequenziellen Mustern, kommunikativen Gattungen und Textsorten, 291–308. Tu¨bingen: Stauffenburg. Schoonjans, Steven, Paul Sambre, Geert Broˆne, and Kurt Feyaerts. 2016. Vers une analyse multimodale du sens: perspectives constructionnelles sur la gestualite´ co-grammaticale. Langages 201, 33–49. Schott, G. D. 2004. Communicating the experience of pain: the role of analogy. Pain 108(3), 209–12. Schreier, Daniel. 2013. Collecting ethnographic and sociolinguistic data. In Manfred Krug and Julia Schlu¨ter (eds.), Research methods in language variation and change, 17–35. Cambridge University Press. Schriver, Karen. 1997. Dynamics in document design. New York: John Wiley. Schutz, Alfred. 1966. Collected papers III: studies in phenomenological philosophy. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.


791

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Schwarz, Wolf, and Inge M. Keus. 2004. Moving the eyes along the mental number line: comparing SNARC effects with saccadic and manual responses. Perception and Psychophysics 66(4), 651–64. Scott, Amanda. 1989. The vertical dimension and time in Mandarin. Australian Journal of Linguistics 9(2), 295–314. Seabright, Paul. 2010. The company of strangers: a natural history of economic life. Princeton University Press. Searle, John. 1980. The background of meaning. In John Searle, Ferenc Kiefer, and Manfred Bierwisch (eds.), Speech-act theory and pragmatics, 221–32. Dordrecht: Reidel. Selkirk, Elisabeth O. 1984. Phonology and syntax: the relation between sound and structure: current studies in linguistics series. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Sell, Andrea J., and Michael P. Kaschak. 2011. Processing time shifts affects the execution of motor responses. Brain and Language 117(1), 39–44. Selting, Margret. 1996. On the interplay of syntax and prosody in the constitution of turn-constructional units and turns in conversation. Pragmatics 6(3), 357–88. Semino, Elena. 2008. Metaphor in discourse. Cambridge University Press. 2010. Descriptions of pain, metaphor and embodied simulation. Metaphor and Symbol 25(4), 205–26. In prep. A corpus-based study of ‘mixed metaphor’ as a metalinguistic comment. In R. W. Gibbs, Jr. (ed.), Mixing metaphor. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Semino, Elena, and Jonathan Culpeper (eds.). 2002. Cognitive stylistics: language and cognition in text analysis. Amsterdam : John Benjamins. Semino, Elena, and Zso´fia Demjeń (eds.). 2017. The Routledge handbook of metaphor and language. London: Routledge. Semino, Elena, Zsofia Demjeń, Jane Demmen, Veronika Koller, Sheila Payne, et al. 2015. The online use of Violence and Journey metaphors by patients with cancer, as compared with health professionals: a mixed methods study. BMJ Supportive and Palliative Care online 1–7. Seyfeddinipur, Mandana, and Sotaro Kita. 2001. Gestures and selfmonitoring in speech production. Proceedings of the 27th Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 457–64. Shaffer, Barbara, Maria Josep Jarque, and Sherman Wilcox. 2011. The expression of modality: conversational data from two signed languages. In M. T. Nogueira and M. F. V. Lopes (eds.), Modo e modalidade: grama´tica, discurso e interaçaõ, 11–39. Fortaleza: Ediço˜es UFC. Shafto, Meredith A., and Lorraine K. Tyler. 2014. Language in the aging brain: the network dynamics of cognitive decline and preservation. Science 346(6209), 583–87. Shank, Christopher, Koen Plevoets, and Julie Van Bogaert. 2016. A multifactorial analysis of that/zero alternation: the diachronic

791


792

792

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

development of the zero complementizer with think, guess and understand. In Jiyoung Yoon and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to Construction Grammar, 201–40. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins. Sharifian, Farzad, and Gary Palmer (eds.). 2007. Applied cultural linguistics: implications for second language learning and intercultural communication. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Shayan, Shakila, Ozge Ozturk, and Mark A. Sicoli. 2011. The thickness of pitch: crossmodal metaphors in Farsi, Turkish, and Zapotec. The Senses and Society 6(1), 96–105. Sherzer, Joel. 1972. Verbal and nonverbal deixis: the pointed lip gesture among the San Blas Cuna. Language in Society 2, 117–31. Shockley, Kevin, Daniel C. Richardson, and Rick Dale. 2009. Conversation and coordinative structures. Topics in Cognitive Science 1(2), 305–19. Shutova, Ekaterina. 2010. Models of metaphor in NLP. Proceedings of the 48th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (July), 688–97. Shutova, Ekaterina, Lin Sun, and Anna Korhonen. 2010. Metaphor identification using verb and noun clustering. Proceedings of the 23rd International Conference on Computational Linguistics, 1002–10. Shutova, Ekaterina, Simone Teufel, and Anna Korhonen. 2012. Statistical metaphor processing. Proceedings of the 48th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics (July), 1–92. Siemund, Peter. 2002. Animate pronouns for inanimate objects: pronominal gender in English regional varieties. In Dieter Kastovsky, Gunther Kaltenbo¨ck, and Susanne Reichl (eds.), Anglistentag 2001 Vienna: Proceedings, 19–34. Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag. 2008. Pronominal gender in English: a study of English varieties from a crosslinguistic perspective. London: Routledge. Siewierska, Anna, and Willem B. Hollmann. 2007. Ditransitive clauses in English with special reference to Lancashire dialect. In Mike Hannay and Gerard J. Steen (eds.), Structural-functional studies in English grammar, 83–102. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Simmons, William K., Vimal Ramjee, Michael S. Beauchamp, K. McRae, A. Martin, and Lawrence W. Barsalou. 2007. A common neural substrate for perceiving and knowing about color. Neuropsychologia 45, 2802–10. Simo´, Judit. 2011. Metaphors of blood in American English and Hungarian: a cross-linguistic corpus investigation. Journal of Pragmatics 43(12), 2897–910. Simone, Raffaele (ed.) 1995. Iconicity in language. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Sinclair, John M. 1991. Corpus, concordance, collocation. Oxford University Press. 2004. Trust the text: language, corpus and discourse. London: Routledge.


793

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Singer, Melissa A., and Susan Goldin-Meadow. 2005. Children learn when their teachers’ gestures and speech differ. Psychological Science 16, 85–89. Sinha, Chris. 1999. Grounding, mapping, and acts of meaning. In Theo Janssen and Gisela Redeker (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: foundations, scope and methodology, 223–55. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2004. The evolution of language: from signals to symbols to system. In D. Kimbrough Oller and Ulrike Griebel (eds.), Evolution of communication systems: a comparative approach, 217–35. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2007. Cognitive linguistics, psychology and cognitive science. In D. Geeraerts and H. Cuyckens (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 1266–94. Oxford University Press. 2009. Language as a biocultural niche and social institution. In Vyvyan Evans and Ste´phanie Pourcel (eds.), New directions in cognitive linguistics, 289–309. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Sinha, Chris, Vera da Silva Sinha, Jo¨rg Zinken, and Wany Sampaio. 2011. When time is not space: the social and linguistic construction of time intervals and temporal event relations in an Amazonian culture. Language and Cognition 3(1), 137–69. Skipper, Jeremy I., Susan Goldin-Meadow, Howard C. Nusbaum, and Steven L. Small. 2009. Gestures orchestrate brain networks for language understanding. Current Biology 19(8), 661–67. Skorczynska, Hanna. 2010. A corpus-based evaluation of metaphors in a business English textbook. English for Specific Purposes 29(1), 30–42. Skorczynska, Hanna, and Alice Deignan. 2006. A comparison of metaphor vehicles and functions in scientific and popular business corpora. Metaphor and Symbol 21(2), 87–104. Slabakova, Roumyana, Jennifer Amaro, and Sang-Kyun Kang. 2013. Regular and novel metonymy in native Korean, Spanish and English: experimental evidence for various acceptability. Metaphor and Symbol 28, 275–93. Slobin, Dan. 1996. Two ways to travel: verbs of motion in English and Spanish. In M. Shibatani and S. Thompson (eds.), Grammatical constructions: their form and meaning, 195–220. Oxford University Press. 2004. The many ways to search for a frog: linguistic typology and the expression of motion events. In S. Stro¨mqvist and L. Verhoeven (eds.), Relating events in narrative: vol. 2, Typological and contextual perspectives, 219–57. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Smith, Neil. 2010. Acquiring phonology: a cross-generational case-study. Cambridge University Press. Snider, Neal, and Inbal Arnon. 2012. A unified lexicon and grammar? Compositional and non-compositional phrases in the lexicon. In Dagmar S. Divjak and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Frequency effects in language representation, 127–63. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.

793


794

794

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Sokolova, Svetlana, Olga Lyashevskaya, and Laura A. Janda. 2012. The Locative Alternation and the Russian ‘empty’ prefixes: a case study of the verb gruzit’ ‘load’. In Dagmar S. Divjak and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Frequency effects in language representation, 51–85. Berlin and New York: De Gruyter Mouton. Sontag, Susan. 1979. Illness as metaphor. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux. Soriano, Cristina, and Javier Valenzuela 2009. Are conceptual metaphors accessible on-line? A psycholinguistic exploration of the CONTROL IS UP metaphor. In Javier Valenzuela, Ana Rojo, and Cristina Soriano (eds.). Trends in cognitive linguistics, 29–49. Peter Lang: Frankfurt. Sotirova, Violeta. 2004. Connectives in free indirect style: continuity or shift? Language and Literature 13(3), 216–34. Soukup, Barbara. 2013. Austrian dialect as a metonymic device: a cognitive sociolinguistic investigation of Speaker Design and its perceptual implications. Journal of Pragmatics 52, 73–82. Spencer, Andrew. 2013. Lexical relatedness: a paradigm-based model. Oxford University Press. Spivey, Michael J., and Joy Geng. 2001. Oculomotor mechanisms activated by imagery and memory: eye movements to absent objects. Psychological Research 65, 235–41. Spivey, Michael J., Daniel C. Richardson, and Monica Gonzalez-Marquez. 2005. On the perceptual- motor and image-schematic infrastructure of language. In Diane Pecher and Rolf A. Zwaan (eds.), Grounding cognition: the role of perception and action in memory, language, and thinking, 246–81. Cambridge University Press. Spreckels, Janet. 2009. Ich hab einfach gedacht – Stellungnahme und Positionierung durch einfach in Erkla¨rinteraktionen. In Susanne Gu¨nthner and Jo¨rg Bu¨cker (eds.), Grammatik im Gespra¨ch: Konstruktionen der Selbst- und Fremdpositionierung, 115–46. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Srinivasan, Mahesh, and Susan Carey. 2010. The long and the short of it: on the nature and origin of functional overlap between representations of space and time. Cognition 116(2), 217–41. Spronck, Stef. 2016. Evidential fictive interaction (in Ungarinyin and Russian). In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 255–75. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Stampe, David. 1987. On phonological representation. In Wolfgang U. Dressler, Hans C. Luschu¨tzky, Oskar Pfeiffer, and John R. Rennison (eds.), Phonologica 1984, 287–300. Cambridge University Press. Stanfield, Robert A., and Rolf A. Zwaan. 2001. The effect of implied orientation derived from verbal context on picture recognition. Psychological Science 12(2), 153–56.


795

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Stanford, W. Gregory Jr., and Stephen Webster. 1996. A nonverbal signal in voices of interview partners effectively predicts communication accommodation and social status perceptions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 70(6), 1231–40. Stec, Kashmiri. 2012. Meaningful shifts: a review of viewpoint markers in co-speech gesture and sign language. Gesture 12(3), 327–60. Stec, Kashmiri, and Eve Sweetser. 2013. Borobudur and Chartres: religious spaces as performative real-space blends. In R. Caballero and J. E. Diaz Vera (eds.), Sensuous cognition, 265–91. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Steels, Luc. 2011a. Introducing fluid construction grammar. In Luc Steels (ed.), Design patterns in fluid construction grammar, 3–30. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2011b. A design pattern for phrasal constructions. In Luc Steels (ed.), Design patterns in fluid construction grammar, 71–114. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. (ed.). 2011c. Design patterns in fluid construction grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Fluid construction grammar. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 152–67. Oxford University Press. Steels, Luc, and Joachim De Beule. 2006. Unify and merge in fluid construction grammar. In Paul Vogt, Yuuga Sugita, Elio Tuci, and Chrystopher Nehaniv (eds.), Symbol grounding and beyond. Proceedings of the third international workshop on the emergence and evolution of linguistic communication, LNAI 4211. Berlin: Springer, 197–223. Steen, Francis, and Mark Turner. 2013. Multimodal construction grammar. In Michael Borkent, Barbara Danvygier, and Jennifer Hinnell (eds.), Language and the creative mind, 1–20. Stanford: CSLI. Steen, Gerard J. 2007. Finding metaphor in grammar and usage: a methodological analysis of theory and research. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Steen, Gerard J., Aletta G. Dorst, J. Berenike Herrmann, Anna A. Kaal, Tina Krennmayr, and Trijntije Pasma. 2010. A method for linguistic metaphor identification: from MIP to MIPVU. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Stefanowitsch, Anatol. 2004. HAPPINESS in English and German: a metaphorical-pattern analysis. In Michel Achard and Suzanne Kemmer (eds.), Language, culture, and mind, 137–49. Stanford: CSLI. 2006a. Corpus-based approaches to metaphor and metonymy. In Anatol Stefanowitsch and Stephan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to metaphor and metonymy, 1–16. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2006b. Words and their metaphors: a corpus-based approach. In Anatol Stefanowitsch and Stephan Th. Gries (eds.), Corpus-based approaches to metaphor and metonymy, 63–105. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2006c. Distinctive collexeme analysis and diachrony: a comment. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 2(2), 257–62.

795


796

796

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2010. Cognitive linguistics meets the corpus. In Mario Brdar, Stephan Th. Gries and Milena Zˇic Fuchs (eds.), Cognitive lingusitics: convergence and expansion, 257–90. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2011. Constructional preemption by contextual mismatch: a corpus-linguistic investigation. Cognitive Linguistics 22, 107–29. 2013. Collostructional analysis. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 290–306. Oxford University Press. Stefanowitsch, Anatol, and Stefan Th. Gries. 2003. Collostructions: investigating the interaction between words and constructions. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 8(2), 209–43. 2005. Covarying collexemes. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 1(1), 1–43. (eds.). 2006. Corpus-based approaches to metaphor and metonymy. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008. Channel and constructional meaning: a collostructional case study. In Gitte Kristiansen and Rene´ Dirven (eds.), Cognitive sociolinguistics: language variation, cultural models, social systems, 129–52. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Steinkrauss, Rasmus. 2011. The interaction of function and input frequency in L1-acquisition: the case of was . . . fu¨r ‘what kind of . . .’ questions in German. In Doris Scho¨nefeld (ed.), Converging evidence: methodological and theoretical issues for linguistic research, 249–71. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Stern, Daniel N. 2000. The interpersonal world of the infant: a view from psychoanalysis and developmental psychology. New York: Basic Books. Stevens, Kenneth. 1989. On the quantal nature of speech. Journal of Phonetics 17(1–2), 3–46. 1998. Acoustic phonetics. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Stickles, Elise, Oana David, and Eve Sweetser. 2016. Frame role type constraints and frame metonymy in metaphoric interpretation. In Proceedings of the 11th High Desert Linguistics Society Conference, Nov. 13–15, 2014, University of New Mexico. Stickles, Elise, Ellen Dodge, Oana David, and Jisup Hong. 2016. Formalizing contemporary conceptual metaphor theory: a structured repository for metaphor analysis. Constructions and Frames 8(2), 166–213. Stiles, Joan. 2008. The fundamentals of brain development: Integrating nature and nurture. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Stiles, Joan, and Terry L. Jernigan. 2010. The basics of brain development. Neuropsychology review, 20(4), 327–48. Stiles, Joan, Stern C., Trauner D., and Nass, R. 1996. Developmental change in spatial grouping activity among children with early focal brain injury: evidence from a modeling task. Brain and Cognition 31, 46–62. Stiles, Joan, Judy Reilly, Brianna Paul, and Pamela Moses. 2005. Cognitive development following early brain injury: evidence for neural adaptation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 9(3), 136–43.


797

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

¨ zçalıs¸kan. 2013. Children’s developing underStites, Lauren, and Seyda O standing of different spatial metaphors for time. Journal of Child Language 40(5), 1123–37. Stocker, Kurt, Matthias Hartmann, Corinna S. Martarelli, and Fred W. Mast. 2015. Eye movements reveal mental looking through time. Cognitive Science 40(7) n.pag. Stockwell, Peter. 2002. Cognitive poetics: an introduction. London: Routledge. Stockwell, Peter, and Sarah Whiteley (eds). 2014. The Cambridge handbook of stylistics. Cambridge University Press. Stokoe, William C. 1960. Sign language structure. Department of Anthropology and Linguistics, University of Buffalo. 1974. Motor signs as the first form of language. In Roger W. Wescott and Gordon W. Hewes (eds.), Language origins, 35–50. Silver Spring, MD: Linstok Press. Stokoe, William C., Dorothy Casterline, and Carl Croneberg. 1965. A dictionary of American Sign Language on linguistic principles. Washington, DC: Gallaudet College Press. Stosic, Dejan, and Laure Sarda. 2009. The many ways to be located in French and Serbian: the role of fictive motion in the expression of static location. In M. Brala-Vukanovic´ and L. Gruic´-Grmusˇa (eds.), Space and time in language and literature, 39–59. Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars. Streeck, Ju¨rgen. 2002. Grammars, words, and embodied meanings. Journal of Communication 52(3), 581–96. 2009. Gesturecraft: the manu-facture of meaning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Street, James A., and Ewa Da˛browska. 2010. More individual differences in language attainment: how much do adult native speakers of English know about passives and quantifiers? Lingua 120(8), 2080–94. Strobl, Carolin, Gerhard Tutz, and James Malley. 2009. An introduction to recursive partitioning: rationale, application, and characteristics of classification and regression trees, bagging, and random forests. Psychological Methods 14, 323–48. Stump, Gregory S., and Raphael Finkel. 2013. Morphological typology: from word to paradigm. Cambridge University Press. Sturtevant, Edgar H. 1947. An introduction to linguistic science. New Haven, NJ: Yale University Press. Subirats, Carlos. 2009. Spanish FrameNet: A frame-semantic analysis of the Spanish lexicon. In H. C. Boas (ed.), Multilingual FrameNets: methods and applications, 135–62. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Subirats, Carlos, and Miriam Petruck. 2003. Surprise: Spanish FrameNet! Proceedings of CIL 17. Prague: Matfyzpress. Sullivan, Karen S. 2006a. Frame-based constraints on lexical choice in metaphor. Proceedings of the 32nd Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 387–400, Berkeley, CA.

797


798

798

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

2006b. How does art ‘speak’ and what does it ‘say’: conceptual metaphor theory as a tool for understanding the artistic process. In David E. Boyes and Frances B. Cogan (eds.), Thought tools for a new generation: essays on thought, ideas, and the power of expression, 81–89. Eugene: Robert D. Clark Honors College. 2007. Grammar in metaphor: a Construction Grammar account of metaphoric language. PhD dissertation. University of California Berkeley. 2009. The languages of art: how representational and abstract painters concepttualize their work in terms of language. Poetics Today 30(3), 517–60. 2013a. Frames and constructions in metaphoric language. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013b. A tangled knot of target domains: assessing INTELLIGENCE IS BRIGHTNESS and GOODNESS IS BRIGHTNESS in an image rating task. Metaphorik.de 23, 7–18. 2015. Judging a book by its cover (and its background). Visual Communication 14(1), 3–14. 2016. Silent abstractions versus ‘Look at me’ drawings: corpus evidence that artworks’ subject matter affects their fictive speech. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 87–109. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Sullivan, Karen S., and Eve Sweetser. 2009. Is ‘Generic is Specific’ a metaphor? In Fey Parrill, Vera Tobin, and Mark Turner (eds.), Meaning, form, and body, 309–28. Stanford: CSLI. Summa, Michaela. 2012. Body memory and the genesis of meaning. In Sabine C. Koch, Thomas Fuchs, Michaela Summa, and Cornelia Mu¨ller (eds.), Body memory, metaphor and movement, 23–42. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Supalla, Ted. 1978. Morphology of verbs of motion and location in American Sign Language. In Frank Caccamise (ed.), American Sign Language in a bilingual, bicultural context. Proceedings of the National Symposium on Sign Language Research and Teaching, 27–45. Silver Spring, MD: National Association of the Deaf. Svorou, Soteria. 1994. The grammar of space. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Swann, Joan. 2006. The art of the everyday. In J. Maybin and J. Swann (eds.), The art of English: everyday creativity, 3–53. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. Sweetser, Eve. 1990. From etymology to pragmatics: metaphorical and cultural aspects of semantic structure. Cambridge University Press. 1999. Compositionality and blending: semantic composition in a cognitively realistic framework. In T. Janssen and G. Redeker (eds.), Cognitive linguistics: foundations, scope, and methodology, 129–62. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2004. ‘The suburbs of your good pleasure’: cognition, culture and the bases of metaphoric structure. In Graham Bradshaw, Tom Bishop and


799

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Mark Turner (eds.), The Shakespearean International Yearbook 4. Aldershot: Ashgate. 2007. Looking at space to study mental spaces: co-speech gestures as a crucial data source in cognitive linguistics. In Monica GonzalezMarquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in Cognitive Linguistics, 203–26. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2012. Introduction: viewpoint and perspective in language and gesture, from the ground down. In B. Dancygier and E. Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint in Language, 1–22. Cambridge University Press. 2013. Creativity across modalities in viewpoint construction. In Mike Borkent, Barbara Dancygier, and Jennifer Hinnell (eds.), Language and the creative mind, 239–54. Stanford: CSLI. Sweetser, Eve, and Kashmiri Stec. 2016. Maintaining multiple viewpoints with gaze. In Barbara Dancygier, Lu Wei-Lun, and Arie Verhagen (eds.), Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning form and use of viewpoint tools across languages and modalities, 237–57. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Sweetser, Eve, and Karen Sullivan. 2012. Minimalist metaphors. English Text Construction 5(2), 153–73. Szczepek Reed, Beatrice. 2010. Prosody and alignment: a sequential perspective. Cultural Studies of Science Education 5, 859–67. Szmrecsanyi, Benedikt. 2005. Language users as creatures of habit: a corpus-linguistic analysis of persistence in spoken English. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 1, 113–50. 2006. Morphosyntactic persistence in spoken English. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Szymanek, Bogdan. 2010. A panorama of Polish word-formation. Lublin: Wydawnictwo KUL. Tabacaru, Sabina. 2014. Humorous implications and meanings: a multimodal approach to sarcasm in interactional humor. PhD dissertation. Universite´ Lille III/KU Leuven. Tagliamonte, Sali A. 2006. Analysing sociolinguistic variation. Cambridge University Press. Takahashi, Kiyoko. 2001. Access path expressions in Thai. In Alan Cienki, Barbara Luka, and Michael Smith (eds.), Conceptual structure in discourse factors in linguistic structure, 237–52. Stanford: CSLI. Talmy, Leonard. 1972. Semantic structure in English and Atsugewi. PhD dissertation. University of California at Berkeley. 1978a. Figure and ground in complex sentences. In Joseph H. Greenberg (ed.), Universals of human language, vol. 4: syntax, 625–49. Stanford University Press. 1978b. The relation of grammar to cognition: a synopsis. Proceedings of the 1978 workshop on theoretical issues in natural language processing, 14–24. Association for Computational Linguistics.

799


800

800

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

1983. How language structures space. In Herbert Pick and Linda Acredolo (eds.), Spatial orientation: theory, research, and application, 225–82. New York: Plenum. 1985. Lexicalization patterns: semantic structure in lexical forms. In Timothy Shopen (ed.), Language typology and syntactic description, vol. III: grammatical categories and the lexicon, 57–149. Cambridge University Press. 1988a. Force dynamics in language and cognition. Cognitive Science 12, 49–100. 1988b. The relation of grammar to cognition. In Brygida Rudzka–Ostyn (ed.), Topics in cognitive linguistics, 165–205. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1996 [2000]. Fictive motion in language and ‘ception’. In Toward a cognitive semantics: concept structuring systems, vol. 1, 99–175. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1996. Fictive motion in language and ‘ception.’ In Paul Bloom, Mary A. Peterson, Lynn Nadel, and Merrill F. Garrett (eds.), Language and Space, 211–76. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2000a. Toward a cognitive semantics, vol. 1: concept structuring systems. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 2000b. Toward a cognitive semantics, vol. 2: typology and process in concept structuring. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Tanenhaus, Michael K., and Michael J. Spivey-Knowlton. 1996. Eyetracking. In Language and cognitive processes: a guide to spoken word recognition paradigms 11, 583–88. London: Routledge. Tannen, Deborah. 1986. Introducing constructed dialogue in Greek and American conversational and literary narratives. In Florian Coulmas (ed.), Direct and indirect speech, 311–22. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Taremaa, Piia. 2013. Fictive and actual motion in Estonian: encoding space. SKY Journal of Linguistics 26, 151–183. Taub, Sarah. 2001. Language in the body: iconicity and metaphor in American Sign Language. Cambridge University Press. Taylor, Holly A., and Barbara Tversky. 1996. Perspective in spatial descriptions. Journal of Memory and Language 35, 371–91. Taylor, John R. 2002a. Cognitive grammar. Oxford University Press. 2002b. Near synonyms as co-extensive categories: ‘high’ and ‘tall’ revisited. Language Sciences 25: 263–84. 2003. Linguistic categorization. Oxford University Press. 2006. Where do Phonemes come from? A view from the bottom. International Journal of English 6(2), 19–54 2012. The mental corpus: how language is represented in the mind. Oxford University Press. 2015. Word formation in cognitive grammar: word-formation. In Peter O. Mu¨ller, Inge Ohnheiser, Susan Olsen, and Franz Rainer (eds.). An international handbook of the languages of Europe, 145–58. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.


801

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Teddiman, Laura. 2012. Conversion and the lexicon: comparing evidence from corpora and experimentation. In Dagmar S. Divjak and Stefan Th. Gries (eds.), Frequency effects in language representation, 235–54. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Tedlock, Barbara. 1982. Time and the Highland Maya. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. Tenbrink, Thora. 2007a. Imposing common ground by using temporal connectives: the pragmatics of before and after. In Anita Fetzer and Kerstin Fischer (eds.), Lexical markers of common grounds, 113–39. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 2007b. Space, time, and the use of language: an investigation of relationships. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2011. Reference frames of space and time in language. Journal of Pragmatics 43, 704–22. 2012. Relevance in spatial navigation and communication. In Cyrill Stachniss, Kerstin Schill, and David Uttal (eds.), Spatial cognition 2012, 358–77. Heidelberg: Springer. 2015. Cognitive discourse analysis: accessing cognitive representations and processes through language data. Language and Cognition 7(1), 98–137. Tenbrink, Thora, and Frank Schilder. 2003. (Non)temporal concepts conveyed by before, after, and then in dialogue. In Peter Ku¨hnlein, Hannes Rieser, and Henk Zeevat (eds.), Perspectives on dialogue in the new millennium, 353–80. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Tenbrink, Thora, and Inessa Seifert. 2011. Conceptual layers and strategies in tour planning. Cognitive Processing 12(1), 109–25. Tenbrink, Thora, and Jan Wiener. 2009. The verbalization of multiple strategies in a variant of the traveling salesperson problem. Cognitive Processing 10(2), 143–61. Tenbrink, Thora, Kenny R. Coventry, and Elena Andonova. 2011. Spatial strategies in the description of complex configurations. Discourse Processes 48, 237–66. Teuscher, Ursina, Marguerite McQuire, Jennifer Collins, and Seana Coulson. 2008. Congruity effects in time and space: behavioral and ERP measures. Cognitive Science 32(3), 563–78. Theakston, Anna L., and Elena Lieven. 2008. The influence of discourse context on children’s provision of auxiliary BE. Journal of Child Language 35, 129–58. Theakston, Anna L., Elena Lieven, Julian Pine, and Caroline Rowland. 2001. The role of performance limitations in the acquisition of verb-argument structure. Journal of Child Language 28, 127–52. Theakston, Anna L., Paul Ibbotson, Daniel Freudenthal, Elena V. Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2015. Productivity of noun slots in verb frames. Cognitive Science 39, 1369–95. Theakston, Anna L., Robert Maslen, Elena V. M. Lieven, and Michael Tomasello. 2012. The acquisition of the active transitive

801


802

802

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

construction in English: a detailed case study. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 91–128. Theijssen, Daphne, Louis ten Bosch, Lou Boves, Bert Cranen, and Hans van Halteren. 2013. Choosing alternatives: using Bayesian networks and memory-based learning to study the dative alternation. Corpus Linguistics and Linguistic Theory 9(2), 227–62. Thibodeau, Paul H. and Lera Boroditsky. 2011. Metaphors we think with: the role of metaphor in reasoning. PLoS ONE 6, e16782. Thompson, Cynthia K. 2000. Neuroplasticity: evidence from aphasia. Journal of Communication Disorders 33, 357–66. Thompson, D’Arcy Wentworth W. 1917. On growth and form. Cambridge University Press. Thompson, Sandra A. 2002. Object complements and conversation: towards a realistic account. Studies in Language 26(1), 125–64. Thompson, Sandra A., and Yuka Koide. 1987. Iconicity and ‘indirect objects’ in English. Journal of Pragmatics 11(3), 309–406. Thurmair, Maria. 1989. Modalpartikeln und ihre Kombinationen. Tu¨bingen: Niemeyer. Timyam, Napasri, and Benjamin Bergen. 2010. A contrastive study of the caused-motion and ditransitive constructions in English and Thai: semantic and pragmatic constraints. In Hans C. Boas (ed.), Contrastive studies in construction grammar, 137–68. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Tissari, Heli. 2001. Metaphors we love by: on the cognitive metaphors of love from the 15th century to the present. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 36, 217–42. Tobin, Vera, and Michael Israel. 2012. Irony as a viewpoint phenomenon. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), 25–46. Viewpoint in language: a multimodal perspective. Cambridge University Press. Tollefsen, Deborah, and Rick Dale. 2012. Naturalizing joint action: a process-based approach. Philosophical Psychology 25, 385–407. Tomasello, Michael. 1999. The cultural origins of human cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 2000. First steps toward a usage-based theory of language acquisition. Cognitive Linguistics 11, 61–82. 2003. Constructing a language: a usage-based theory of language acquisition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 2009. Universal grammar is dead. Behavioral and Brain Sciences 32(5), 470–71. 2010. Cognitive linguistics and first language acquisition. In Dirk Geeraerts and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, 1092–1112. Oxford University Press. Tomasello, Michael, and Patricia Brooks. 1998. Young children’s earliest transitive and intransitive constructions. Cognitive Linguistics 9, 379–95.


803

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Tomasello, Michael, and Hannes Rakoczy. 2003. What makes human cognition unique? From individual to shared to collective intentionality. Mind and Language 18, 121–47. Tomasello, Michael, Malinda Carpenter, Joseph Call, Tanya Behne, and Henrik Moll. 2005. Understanding and sharing intentions: the origins of cultural cognition. Behavioral and Brain Science 28(5), 675–91. Torralbo, Ana, Julio Santiago, and Juan Lupiań˜ez. 2006. Flexible conceptual projection of time onto spatial frames of reference. Cognitive Science 30, 745–57. Traugott, Elizabeth C. 1972. A history of English syntax. New York: Holt, Rinehardt, Winston. 1982. From propositional to textual and expressive meanings: some semantic-pragmatic aspects of grammaticalization. In Winfred P. Lehmann and Yakov Malkiel (eds.), Perspectives on historical linguistics, 245–71. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1989. On the rise of epistemic meanings in English: an example of subjectification in semantic change. Language 65(1), 31–55. 1995. Subjectification and grammaticalization. In Dieter Stein and Susan Wright (eds.), Subjectivity and subjectification, 31–45. Cambridge University Press. 1997. Subjectification and the development of epistemic meaning: the case of promise and threaten. In T. Swan and O. Jansen Westvik (eds.), Modality in Germanic languages: historical and comparative perspectives, 185–210. Berlin: De Gruyter. 2003. From subjectification to intersubjectification. In R. Hickey (ed.), Motives for language change, 124–40. Cambridge University Press. 2008a. The grammaticalization of NP of NP patterns. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.), Constructions and language change, 23–45. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008b. ‘All That he Endeavoured to Prove was. . . ’: on the emergence of grammatical constructions in dialogual contexts. In Ruth Kempson and Robin Cooper (eds.), Language change and evolution, 143–77. London: Kings College. 2008c. Grammaticalization, constructions and the incremental development of language: suggestions from the development of degree modifiers in English. In Regine Eckardt, Gerhard Ja¨ger, and Tonjes Veenstra (eds.), Variation, selection, development: probing the evolutionary model of language change, 219–50. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010. (Inter)subjectivity and (inter)subjectification: a reassessment. In Kristin Davidse, Lieven Vandelanotte and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), Subjectification, intersubjectification and grammaticalization, 29–71. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2015. Toward a coherent account of grammatical constructionalization. In Jo´hanna Barðdal, Elena Smirnova, Lotte Sommerer, and

803


804

804

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Spike Gildea (eds.), Diachronic construction grammar, 51–80. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Traugott, Elizabeth C., and Bernd Heine (eds.). 1991. Approaches to grammaticalization, vol. I and II. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Traugott, Elizabeth C., and Ekkehard Ko¨nig. 1991. The semanticspragmatics of grammaticalization revisited. In Elizabeth C. Traugott and Bernd Heine (eds.), Approaches to grammaticalization, 189–218. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Traugott, Elizabeth C., and Graeme Trousdale. 2010. Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization: how do they intersect? In Elizabeth Closs Traugott and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), Gradience, gradualness and grammaticalization: typological Studies in Language 90, 19–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Constructionalization and constructional changes. Oxford University Press. Trevarthen, Colwyn. 1979. Communication and cooperation in early infancy: a description of primary intersubjectivity. In Margaret Bullowa (ed.), Before speech: the beginning of interpersonal communication, 321–47. Cambridge University Press. 2011. What is it like to be a person who knows nothing? Defining the active intersubjective mind of a newborn human being. Infant and Child Development 20(1), 119–35. Trousdale, Graeme. 2008a. Words and constructions in grammaticalization: the end of the English Impersonal Construction. In Susan M. Fitzmaurice and Donka Minkova (eds.), Studies in the history of the English language IV: empirical and analytical advances in the study of English language change, 301–26. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2008b. A constructional approach to lexicalization processes in the history of English: evidence from possessive constructions. Word Structure 1, 156–77. 2008c. Constructions in grammaticalization and lexicalization: evidence from the history of a composite predicate construction in the history of English. In Graeme Trousdale and Nikolas Gisborne (eds.). Constructional approaches to English grammar: topics in English linguistics 57, 33–67. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2010. Issues in constructional approaches to grammaticalization. In Katerina Stathi, Elke Gehweiler, and Ekkehard Ko¨nig (eds.), Grammaticalization: current views and issues, 51–72. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2012. Theory and data in diachronic construction grammar: the case of the what with construction. Studies in Language 36(3), 576–602. Trousdale, Graeme, and Nikolas Gisborne (eds.). 2008. Constructional approaches to English grammar: topics in English Linguistics 57. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton.


805

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Trousdale, Graeme, and Elizabeth Closs Traugott. 2013. Constructionalization and constructional changes. Oxford University Press. Trubetzkoy, Nicolai. S. 1939 [1969]. Gru¨ndzu¨ge der Phonologie [Principles of Phonology]. Trans. and ed. Christine A. M. Baltaxe. Prague [Los Angeles]: Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague [University of California Press]. Tsai, Peggy Wei-lun and Shelley Ching-yu Hsieh. 2013. Fictive motion in Chinese and English tourist guidebooks. Canadian Social Science 9(2), 1–6. Tsur, Reuven. 1992. Toward a theory of Cognitive Poetics. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers. Tuggy, David. 1981. The transitivity-related morphology of Tetelcingo Na´huatl: an exploration in Space Grammar. PhD dissertation. University of California at San Diego. Turkeltaub, P. E., S. Messing, C. Norise, and R. H. Hamilton. 2011. Are networks for residual language function and recovery consistent across aphasic patients? Neurology 76, 1726–34. Turner, Mark. 1989. Death is the mother of beauty: mind, metaphor, criticism. University of Chicago Press. 1991. Reading minds: the study of English in the age of cognitive science. Princeton University Press. 1996. The literary mind: the origins of language and thought. Oxford University Press. 2010. Ten lectures on mind and language. Beijing: Foreign Language Teaching and Research Press. 2015. Blending in language and communication. In Ewa Da˛browska and Dagmar Divjak (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 211–32. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Tutton, Mark. 2013. A new approach to analysing static locative expressions. Language and Cognition 5(1), 25–60. Tversky, Barbara, Sol Kugelmass, and Atalia Winter. 1991. Cross-cultural and developmental trends in graphic productions. Cognitive Psychology 23(4), 515–57. Tversky, Barbara, Julie Heiser, Paul Lee, and Marie-Paule Daniel. 2009. Explanations in gesture, diagram, and word. In Kenny R. Coventry, Thora Tenbrink, and John Bateman (eds.), Spatial language and dialogue, 119–31. Oxford University Press. Tyler, Andrea. 2008. Cognitive linguistics and second language instruction. In P. Robinson and N. C. Ellis (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition, 456–88. London: Routledge. 2012. Applying cognitive linguistics to second language learning: theoretical basics and experimental evidence. London: Routledge. Tyler, Andrea, and Vyvyan Evans. 2003. The semantics of English prepositions: spatial scenes, embodied meaning and cognition. Cambridge University Press.

805


806

806

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Tyler, Andrea, and Carol Moder. (eds.). To appear. What is applied cognitive linguistics? Answers from current SLA research. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Tyler, Andrea, Yiyoung Kim, and Mari Takada (eds.), Language in the context of use: discourse and cognitive approaches to language. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Tyler, Andrea, Charles Mueller, and Vu Ho. 2010. Applying cognitive linguistics to instructed L2 learning: the English modals. AILA Review, 23, 30–49. 2011. Applying cognitive linguistics to learning the semantics of English to, for and at: an experimental investigation. Vigo International Journal of Applied Linguistics 8, 181–205. Ulrich, Rolf, and C. Maienborn. 2010. Left-right coding of past and future in language: the mental timeline during sentence processing. Cognition, 117(2), 126–38. Ulrich, Rolf, Verena Eikmeier, Irmgard de la Vega, Susana Ruiz Fernańdez, Simone Alex-Ruf, and Claudia Maienborn. 2012. With the past behind and the future ahead: back-to-front representation of past and future sentences. Memory and Cognition 40(3), 483–95. Ungerer, Friedrich. 2007. Word formation. In Dirk Gereraerts and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), The Oxford handbook of cognitive linguistics, 650–75. Oxford University Press. Ungerer, Friedrich, and Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid. 2006. An introduction to cognitive linguistics. 2nd edn. London: Pearson Education. Valenzeno, Laura, Martha W. Alibali, and Roberta Klatzky. 2003. Teachers’ gestures facilitate students’ learning: a lesson in symmetry. Contemporary Educational Psychology 28, 187–204. Valenzuela, Javier, and Christina Soriano. 2008. Is friendship more important than money? A psycholinguistic exploration of the important is big metaphor. VI AELCO Conference. Castelloń. van Elk, Michiel, Hein T. van Schie, and Harold Bekkering. 2010. From left to right: processing acronyms referring to names of political parties activates spatial associations. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 63, 22202–19. Van Goethem, Kristel. 2008. Oud-leerling versus ancien e´le`ve: a comparative study of adjectives grammaticalizing into prefixes in Dutch and French. Morphology 18, 27–49. 2010. The French construction nouveau and past participle revisited: arguments in favour of a prefixoid analysis of nouveau. Folia Linguistica 44, 163–78. van Hoek, Karen. 1995. Conceptual reference points: a cognitive grammar account of pronominal anaphora constraints. Language 71, 310–40. 1997. Anaphora and conceptual structure. University of Chicago Press. Van Krieken, Kobie, Jose´ Sanders, and Hans Hoeken. 2016. Blended viewpoints, mediated witnesses: a cognitive-linguistic approach to news narratives. In Barbara Dancygier, Wei-Lu, and Arie Verhagen (eds.),


807

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning form and use of viewpoint tools across languages and modalities, 145–68. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Van Trijp, Remi. 2013. A comparison between Fluid Construction Grammar and Sign-based Construction Grammar. Constructions and Frames 5(1), 88–116. 2014. Cognitive vs. generative construction grammar: the case of coercion and argument structure. Cognitive Linguistics 26(4), 613–32. Van Valin, Robert D. Jr., and D. P. Wilkins. 1996. The case for ‘effector’: case roles, agents, and agency revisited. In M. Shibatani and S. Thompson (eds.), Grammatical constructions, 289–322. Oxford University Press. Vandelanotte, Lieven. 2004. Deixis and grounding in speech and thought representation. Journal of Pragmatics 36(3), 489–520. 2009. Speech and thought representation in English: a cognitive-functional approach. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2012. ‘Wait till you got started’: how to submerge another’s discourse in your own. In Barbara Dancygier and Eve Sweetser (eds.), Viewpoint and the fabric of meaning: form and use of viewpoint tools across languages and modalities, 198–218. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. 2015. ‘More than one way at once’: simultaneous viewpoints in text and image. In Andra´s Benedek and Kristo´f Nyı´ri (eds.), Beyond words: pictures, parables, paradoxes, 75–81. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Vandelanotte, Lieven, and Barbara Dancygier. 2015. Multimodal interaction and viewpoint in internet memes. Paper presented at ICLC13, Northumbria University, July 20–25 . Vannerem, Mia and Mary Snell-Hornby. 1986. Die Szene hinter dem Text: scenes-and-frame Semantics in der U¨bersetzung. In M. Snell-Hornby (ed.), U¨bersetzungswissenschaft – Eine Neuorientierung, 184–205. Tu¨bingen: Francke. Vater, Heinz. 2010. Sprachspiele: kreativer Umgang mit Sprache. Linguistische Berichte 221, 3–36. Vaughan, Brian. 2011. Prosodic synchrony in co-operative task-based dialogues: a measure of agreement and disagreement. Proceedings of Interspeech, 1865–68. Florence, Italy, August 28–31. Veale, Tony. 2012. Exploding the creativity myth: the computational foundations of linguistic creativity. London: Bloomsbury. Veale, Tony, Kurt Feyaerts, and Geert Broˆne. 2006. The cognitive mechanisms of adversarial humor. Humor: The International Journal of Humor Research 19(3), 305–38. Veale, Tony, Kurt Feyaerts, and Charles Forceville (eds.). 2013. Creativity and the agile mind: a multidisciplinary approach to a multifaceted phenomenon. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Vennemann, Theo 1974. Topics, subjects, and word order: from SXV to SVX via TVX. In John Anderson and Charles Jones (eds.), Historical linguistics: proceedings of the first International Congress of Historical Linguistics, Edinburgh, September 1973. Vol. II, 339–76. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

807


808

808

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Verhagen, Arie. 2000. ‘The girl that promised to become something’: an exploration into diachronic subjectification in Dutch. In T. F. Shannon and J. P. Snapper (eds.), The Berkeley conference on Dutch linguistics 1997: the Dutch language at the millennium, 197–208. Lanham, MD: University Press of America. 2005. Constructions of intersubjectivity: discourse, syntax, and cognition. Oxford University Press. 2008a. Intersubjectivity and explanation in linguistics: a reply to Hinzen and Van Lambalgen. Cognitive Linguistics 19(1), 125–43. 2008b. Intersubjectivity and the architecture of the language system. In Jordan Zlatev, T. P. Racine, Chris Sinha, and Esa Itkonen (eds.), The shared mind: perspectives on intersubjectivity, 307–31. Amsterdam: Jolm Benjamins. 2015. Grammar and cooperative communication. In Ewa Da˛browska and Dagmar Divjak (eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics, 232–52. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Versluis, Christine, and Lou-Ann Kleppa. [2008] 2016. The use of interactive structures as communicative strategy in Dutch and Portuguese aphasic speakers. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 323–42. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Verspoor, Marjolijn H. 2008. Cognitive linguistics and its applications to second language teaching. In J. Cenoz, and Nancy H. Hornberger (eds.), Encyclopedia of language and education, vol. 6. 2nd edn. New York: Springer, 1843–54. Verspoor, Marjolijn H., and N. T. P. Hong. 2008. Cognitive grammar and teaching English articles to Asian students. In J. R. Lapaire (ed), From grammar to mind: grammar as cognition, 249–68. Presses Universitaires de Bordeaux. 2013. A dynamic usage-based approach to communicative language teaching. European Journal of Applied Linguistics 1(1), 22–54. Verspoor, Marjolijn H., and Wander Lowie. 2003. Making sense of polysemous words. Language Learning 53, 547–86. Viberg, Åke. 1983. The verbs of perception: a typological study. Linguistics 21, 123–62. Vis, Kirsten, Jose´ Sanders, and Wilbert Spooren. 2012. Diachronic changes in subjectivity and stance: a corpus linguistic study of Dutch news texts. Discourse, Context and Media 1, 95–102. Voloshinov, Valentin N. [1929] 1986. Marxism and the philosophy of language. Trans. Ladislav Matejka and I. R. Titunik. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Von Heusinger, Klaus, and Christoph Schwarze. 2013. Italian V+N compounds, inflectional features and conceptual structure. Morphology 23, 325–50.


809

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

von Stockert, T. R., L. and L. Bader. 1976. Some relations of grammar and lexicon in aphasia. Cortex 12(1), 49–60. Voort, Hein, van der. 2002. The quotative construction in Kwaza and its (de)grammaticalisation. In Mily Crevels, Simon van de Kerke, Sergio Meira, and Hein van der Voort (eds.), Current studies on South American languages: indigenous languages of Latin America (ILLA) 3, 307–28. 2009. Reduplication and repetition of person markers in Guapore´ isolates. Morphology 19(2), 263–86. 2013. Fala fictıćia fossilizada: o tempo futuro em Aikana˜. Boletim do Museu Paraense Emı´lio Goeldi 8(2), 359–77. 2016. Recursive inflection and grammaticalised fictive interaction in the southwestern Amazon. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 277–99. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Vorwerg, Constanze, and Thora Tenbrink. 2007. Discourse factors influencing spatial descriptions in English and German. In Thomas Barkowsky, Markus Knauff, Ge´rard Ligozat, and Dan Montello (eds.), Spatial cognition V: reasoning, action, interaction, 470–88. Berlin: Springer. Vries, Lourens J. de. 2010. Direct speech, fictive interaction, and bible translation. The Bible Translator 61(1), 31–40. Vygotsky, Lev S. 1934 [1962]. Thought and language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1978. Mind in society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Wagner, Petra, Zofia Malisz, and Stefan Kopp. 2014. Gesture and speech in interaction: an overview. Speech Communication 57, 209–32. Wa¨lchli, Bernard, and Michael Cysouw. 2012. Lexical typology through similarity semantics: toward a semantic map of motion verbs. Linguistics 50(3), 671–710. Walker, Esther, and Kensy Cooperrider. 2016. The continuity of metaphor: evidence from temporal gestures. Cognitive Science 40, 481–95. Wallentin, Mikkel, Torben E. Lund, Svend Østergaard, Leif Østergaard, and Andreas Roepstorff. 2005. Motion verb sentences activate left posterior middle temporal cortex despite static context. NeuroReport 16, 649–52. Walsh, Vincent. 2003. A theory of magnitude: common cortical metrics of time, space and quantity. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 7(11), 483–88. Waltereit, Richard. 2006. The rise of discourse markers in Italian: a specific type of language change. In Kerstin Fischer (ed.), Approaches to discourse particles, 61–67. Leiden: Brill. Warren, Beatrice. 2006. Referential metonymy. Lund, Sweden: Scripta Minora. Waxman, Nach. 2004. Recipes. In Smith, Andrew (ed.), The Oxford encyclopedia of food and drink in America, 247–50. Oxford University Press. Webb, James T. 1972. Interview synchrony: an investigation of two speech rate measures in an automated standardized interview. In Aron

809


810

810

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

W. Siegman and Benjamin Pope (eds.), Studies in dyadic communication, 115–33. New York: Pergamon Press. Weger, Ulrich W., and Jay Pratt. 2008. Time flies like an arrow: space-time compatibility effects suggest the use of a mental timeline. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review 15(2), 426–30. Weidhaas, Thomas, and Hans-Jo¨rg Schmid. 2015. Diminutive verbs in German: semantic analysis and theoretical implications. Morphology 25, 183–228. Weinreich, Uriel, William Labov, and Marvin Herzog. 1968. Empirical foundations for a theory of language change. In Winfred P. Lehman and Yakov Malkiel (eds.), Directions for historical linguistics, 95–189. Austin: University of Texas Press. Welke, Klaus. 2009. Valenztheorie und Konstruktionsgrammatik. Zeitschrift fu¨r Germanistische Linguistik 37, 81–124. Werner, Heinz, and Bernard Kaplan. 1963. Symbol formation: an organismicdevelopmental approach to language and the expression of thought. New York: Wiley. Wernicke, Carl. 1977. Der aphasische symptomencomplex: eine psychologische studie auf anatomischer basis. In G. H. Eggert (ed.), Wernicke’s works on aphasia: a sourcebook and review, 91–145. The Hague: Mouton. Whiten, Andrew. 1991. Natural theories of mind: evolution, development and simulation of everyday mindreading. Oxford: Blackwell. Whorf, Benjamin Lee. 1956. Language, thought, and reality: selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Ed. John B. Carroll. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Wide, Camilla. 2009. Interactional construction grammar: contextual features of determination in dialectal Swedish. In Alexander Bergs and Gabriele Diewald (eds.). Contexts and constructions, 111–41. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Wieling, Martijn, John Nerbonne, and R. Harald Baayen 2011. Quantitative social dialectology: explaining linguistic variation geographically and socially. PLOS ONE 6(9), e23613. Wierzbicka, Anna. 1987. Boys will be boys. Language 63(1), 95–114. 1988. The semantics of grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1995. Dictionaries vs. encyclopaedias: how to draw the line. In Philip W. Davis (ed.), Alternative linguistics: descriptive and theoretical modes, 289–315. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 1996. Semantics: primes and universals. Oxford University Press. Wilbur, Ronnie B. 1987. American Sign Language: linguistic and applied dimensions. Boston, MA: College-Hill Press. 2013. The point of agreement: changing how we think about sign language, gesture, and agreement. Sign Language and Linguistics 16(2), 221–58. Wilcox, Phyllis P. 2004. A cognitive key: metonymic and metaphorical mappings in ASL. Cognitive Linguistics 15(2), 197–222.


811

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Wilcox, Sherman. 2004a. Cognitive iconicity: conceptual spaces, meaning, and gesture in signed language. Cognitive Linguistics 15(2), 119–47. 2004b. Gesture and language: cross-linguistic and historical data from signed languages. Gesture 4(1), 43–75. 2007. Routes from gesture to language. In Elena Pizzuto, Paola Pietrandrea, and Raffaele Simone (eds.), Verbal and signed languages: comparing structures, constructs and methodologies, 107–31. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2009. Symbol and symptom: routes from gesture to signed language. Annual Review of Cognitive Linguistics 7, 89–110. 2014. Moving beyond structuralism: usage-based signed language linguistics. Lingua de Senãs e Interpretacioń 5, 97–126. Wilcox, Sherman, and Jill P. Morford. 2007. Empirical methods in signed language research. In Monica Gonzalez-Marquez, Irene Mittelberg, Seana Coulson, and Michael J. Spivey (eds.), Methods in cognitive linguistics, 173–202. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Wilcox, Sherman, and Corrine Occhino. 2016. Constructing signs: place as a symbolic structure in signed languages. Cognitive Linguistics 27(3), 371–404. Wilcox, Sherman, and Barbara Shaffer. 2006. Modality in American Sign Language. In William Frawley (ed.), The expression of modality, 207–37. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Wilcox, Sherman, and Phyllis Perrin Wilcox. 1995. The gestural expression of modality in American Sign Language. In Joan Bybee and Suzanne Fleischman (eds.), Modality in grammar and discourse, 135–62. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2013. Cognitive linguistics and signed languages. International Journal of Cognitive Linguistics 3(2), 127–51. Wilkins, David P. 1996. Natural tendencies of semantic change and the search for cognates. In Mark Durie and Malcolm Ross (eds.), The comparative method reviewed: regularity and irregularity in language change, 264–304. Oxford University Press. Willems, Dominique. 2012. Verb typology: between construction and lexicon. In M. Bouveret and D. Legallois (eds.), Constructions in French, 23–48. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Willems, Roe, and Arthur Jacobs. 2016. Caring about Dostoyevsky: the untapped potential of studying literature. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 20(4), 243–45. Williams, Lawrence, and John Bargh. 2008. Experiencing physical warm influences interpersonal warmth. Science 322, 606–07. Williams, Robert F. 2004. Making meaning from a clock: material artifacts and conceptual blending in time-telling instruction. PhD dissertation. University of California, San Diego. Willkop, Eva-Maria. 1988. Gliederungspartikeln im Dialog. Mu¨nchen: Iudicium.

811


812

812

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Wilson, Nicole, and Raymond W. Gibbs Jr. 2007. Real and imagined body movement primes metaphor comprehension. Cognitive Science 31, 721–31. Winter, Bodo, Tyler Marghetis, and Teenie Matlock. 2015. Of magnitudes and metaphors: explaining cognitive interactions between space, time, and number. Cortex, 64, 209–24. Winter, Bodo, Marcus Perlman, and Teenie Matlock. 2013. Using space to talk and gesture about numbers: evidence from the TV News Archive. Gesture 13(3), 377–408. Winters, Margaret, Heli Tissari, and Kathryn Allan (eds.). 2010. Historical cognitive linguistics. Berlin: de Gruyter. Wittgenstein, Ludwig. 1953 Philosophical investigations. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. 1978. Philosophical investigations. Trans. G. E. M. Anscombe. Oxford: Blackwell. Wood, Guilherme, Klaus Willmes, Hans-Christoph Nuerk, and Martin H. Fischer. 2008. On the cognitive link between space and number: a meta-analysis of the SNARC effect. Psychology Science Quarterly 50(4), 489–525. Woodward, James. 1974. Implicational variation in American Sign Language: negative incorporation. Sign Language Studies 5, 20–30. 1976a. Black Southern signing. Language in Society 5(2), 211–18. 1976b. Signs of change: historical variation in American Sign Language. Sign Language Studies 10, 81–94. 1978. Historical bases of American Sign Language. In Patricia Siple (ed.), Understanding language through sign language research, 333–48. New York: Academic Press. Woolf, Virginia. 1927 [2004]. To the lighthouse. London: Collector’s Library Wray, Alison. 2015. Why are we so sure we know what a word is? In J. R. Taylor (ed.), The Oxford handbook of the word, 725–50. Oxford University Press. Wu, Ying C., and Seana Coulson. 2015. Iconic gestures facilitate discourse comprehension in individuals with superior immediate memory for body configurations. Psychological Science 26(11), 1717–27. Wulf, Alyssa, and Paul Dudis. 2005. Body partitioning in ASL metaphorical blends. Sign Language Studies 5(3), 317–32. Wulff, Stefanie. 2008. Rethinking idiomaticity: A usage-based approach. London and New York: Continuum. 2013. Words and idioms. In Thomas Hoffmann and Graeme Trousdale (eds.), The Oxford handbook of construction grammar, 274–89. Oxford University Press. Wulff, Stefanie, Stefan T. Gries, and Nicholas Lester. In press. Optional that in complementation by German and Spanish learners. In Andrea Tyler, Lihong Huang and Hana Jan (eds.), What is applied


813

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

cognitive linguistics? Answers from current SLA research. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Wulff, Stefanie, Nick C. Ellis, Ute Ro¨mer, Kathleen Bardovi-Harlig, and Chelsea LeBlanc. 2009. The acquisition of tense-aspect: converging evidence from corpora, cognition and learner constructions. Modern Language Journal 93, 354–69. Xavier, Andreó Nogueira, and Sherman Wilcox. 2014. Necessity and possibility modals in Brazilian Sign Language (Libras). Linguistic Typology 18(3), 449–88. Xia, M., J. Wang, and Y. He. 2013 BrainNet viewer: a network visualization tool for human brain connectomics. PLoS ONE 8, e68910. Xiang, Mingjian. 2016. Real, imaginary, or fictive? Philosophical dialogues in an early Daoist text and its pictorial version. In Esther Pascual and Sergeiy Sandler (eds.), The conversation frame: forms and functions of fictive interaction, 63–86. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Xiang, Mingjian, and Esther Pascual. 2016. Debate with Zhuangzi: fictive interaction blends in ancient Chinese philosophy. Pragmatics 26(1), 137–62. Xuan, B., D. Zhang, S. He, and X. Chen. 2007. Larger stimuli are judged to last longer. Journal of Vision 7(10), 1–5. Yang, T. 2016. Image schemas in verb-particle constructions: evidence from a behavioral experiment. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 45, 379–93. Yaxley, Richard H., and Rolf A. Zwaan. 2007. Simulating visibility during language comprehension. Cognition 105(1), 229–36. Yu, Ning. 1998. The contemporary theory of metaphor: a perspective from Chinese. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2012. The metaphorical orientation of time in Chinese. Journal of Pragmatics 44, 1335–54. Zacks, Jeff M., Barbara Tversky, and Gowri Iyer. 2001. Perceiving, remembering, and communicating structure in events. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 130, 29–58. Zahavi, David. 2001. Beyond empathy: phenomenological approaches to intersubjectivity. Journal of Consciousness Studies 8(5–6), 151–67. 2003. Husserl’s phenomenology. Stanford University Press. Zatorre, Robert J., Ernst Meyer, Albert Gjedde, and Alan C. Evans. 1996. PET studies of phonetic processing of speech: review, replication, and reanalysis. Cerebral Cortex 6, 21–30. Zbikowski, Lawrence. 2009. Music, language and multimodal metaphor. In C. Forceville and E. Urios-Aparisi (eds.), Multimodal metaphor, 359–82. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Zelazo, Philip D. 2004. The development of conscious control in childhood. Trends in Cognitive Sciences 8(1), 12–17.

813


814

814

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Zeldes, Amir. 2012. Productivity in argument selection: a usage-based approach to lexical choice in syntactic slots. PhD dissertation. Humboldt University Berlin. Zenner, Eline, Dirk Speelman, and Dirk Geeraerts. 2012. Cognitive sociolinguistics meets loanword research: measuring variation in the success of anglicisms in Dutch. Cognitive Linguistics 23, 749–92. Zenner, Eline, Gitte Kristiansen, Laura Janda, and Arie Verhagen. 2015. Introduction. In Daems, Jocelyne, Eline Zenner, Kris Heylen, Dirk Speelman, and Hubert Cuyckens (eds.), Change of paradigms – new paradoxes: recontextualizing language and linguistics, 1–14. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Zeschel, Arne. 2012. Incipient productivity: a construction-based approach to linguistic creativity. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Zeshan, Ulrike. 2004. Interrogative constructions in signed languages: crosslinguistic perspectives. Language 80(1), 7–39. Zeshan, Ulrike, and Connie De Vos. 2012. Sign languages in village communities: anthropological and linguistic insights. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter. Zhang, Weiwei, Dirk Speelman, and Dirk Geraarts. 2011. Variation in the (non)metonymic capital names in mainland Chinese and Taiwanese Chinese. Metaphor and the Social World 1(1), 90–112. Zhao, Helen, and Man Ho Wong. 2015. Applying cognitive linguistics to teaching English prepositions: an experimental-CALL study. Paper presented at the 13th International Cognitive Linguistics Conference. Northumbria University, Newcastle, UK. Zhong, Chen-Bo, and Geoffrey J. Leonardelli. 2008. Cold and lonely: does social exclusion literally feel cold? Psychological Science 19(9), 838–42. Zhong, Chen-Bo, and Katie Liljenquist. 2006. Washing away your sins: threatened morality and physical cleansing. Science 313, 1451–52. Ziegler, Johannes C., and Usha Goswami. 2005. Reading acquisition, developmental dyslexia, and skilled reading across languages: a psycholinguistic grain size theory. Psychological Bulletin 131(1), 3–29. Ziem, Alexander. 2008. Frames und sprachliches Wissen. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. Ziem, Alexander, and Alexander Lasch. 2013. Konstruktionsgrammatik: konzepte und Grundlagen gebrauchsbasierter Ansa¨tze, Germanistische Arbeitshefte 44. Berlin: de Gruyter. Zima, Elisabeth. 2013. Kognition in der Interaktion: aine kognitiv-linguistische und gespra¨chsanalytische Studie dialogischer Resonanz in o¨sterreichischen Parlamentsdebatten. Heidelberg: Universita¨tsverlag Winter. 2014. Gibt es multimodale Konstruktionen? Eine Studie zu [V(motion) in circles] und [all the way from X PREP Y]. Gespra¨chsforschung – OnlineZeitschrift zur verbalen Interaktion 15, 1–48. Zima, Elisabeth, and Geert Broˆne. 2015. Cognitive linguistics and interactional discourse: time to enter into dialogue. Language and Cognition 7 (4), 485–98.


815

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

Zinken, Jo¨rg. 2007. Discourse metaphors: the link between figurative language and habitual analogies. Cognitive Linguistics 18(3), 445–66. Zipf, George K. 1949. Human behaviour and the principle of least effort. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley. Zlatev, Jordan. 1997. Situated embodiment: studies in the emergence of spatial meaning. Stockholm: Gotab. 2005. What’s in a schema? Bodily mimesis and the grounding of language. In Beate Hampe (ed.), From perception to meaning: image schemas in cognitive linguistics, 313–43. Berlin: De Gruyter Mouton. 2007a. Intersubjectivity, mimetic schemas and the emergence of language. Intelectica 2–3(46–47), 123–52. 2007b. Language, embodiment and mimesis. In T. Ziemke, J. Zlatev, and R. Frank (eds.), Body, language, mind, vol 1: embodiment, 297–337. Berlin: De Gruyter. 2008. The co-evolution of intersubjectivity and bodily mimesis. In Jordan Zlatev, Timothy P. Racine, Chris Sinha, and Esa ltkonen (eds.), The shared mind: perspectives on intersubjectivity, 215–44. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 2010. Phenomenology and cognitive linguistics. In S. Gallagher and D. Schmicking (eds.), Handbook of phenomenology and cognitive science, 415–43. Berlin: Springer. 2011. From cognitive to integral linguistics and back again. Intellectica 56 (2), 125–47. 2013. The mimesis hierarchy of semiotic development: five stages of intersubjectivity in children. Public Journal of Semiotics 4, 47–70. 2014. Image schemas, mimetic schemas, and children’s gestures. Cognitive Semiotics 7(1), 3–29. Zlatev, Jordan, Johan Blomberg, and Ulf Magnusson. 2012. Metaphors and subjective experience: motion-emotion metaphors in English, Swedish, Bulgarian and Thai. In A. Foolen, U. Lu¨dtke, T. Racine, and J. Zlatev (eds.) Moving ourselves, moving others: motion and emotion in consiousness, intersubjectivity and language, 423–50. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Zlatev, Jordan, Timothy P. Racine, Chris Sinha, and Esa Itkonen (eds.). 2008. The shared mind: perspectives on intersubjectivity. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Zlatev, Jordan, Elainie Madsen, Sara Lenninger, Tomas Persson, Susan Sayehli, Go¨ran. Sonesson, and Joost van der Weijer. 2013. Understanding communicative intentions and semiotic vehicles by children and chimpanzees. Cognitive Development 28, 312–29. Zribi-Hertz, Anne. 1989. Anaphor binding and narrative point of view: English reflexive pronouns in sentence and discourse. Language 65 (4), 695–727. Zwaan, Rolf A. 2004. The immersed experiencer: toward an embodied theory of language comprehension. In Brian H. Ross (ed.),

815


816

816

[684–816] 18.1.2017 10:55AM

References

The psychology of learning and motivation, 35–62. New York: Academic Press. 2009. Mental simulation in language comprehension and social cognition. European Journal of Social Psychology 39, 1142–50. Zwaan, Rolf A., and L. Taylor. 2006. Seeing, acting, understanding: motor resonance in language comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 135, 1–11. Zwaan, Rolf A., Robert A. Stanfield, and Richard H. Yaxley. 2002. Language comprehenders mentally represent the shapes of objects. Psychological Science 13(2), 168–71.

Concepts and Approaches: Space and Time

Concepts and Approaches: Space and Time

Suggest Documents